US11767312B2 - Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof - Google Patents

Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US11767312B2
US11767312B2 US18/131,309 US202318131309A US11767312B2 US 11767312 B2 US11767312 B2 US 11767312B2 US 202318131309 A US202318131309 A US 202318131309A US 11767312 B2 US11767312 B2 US 11767312B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
mmol
room temperature
afford
added
stirred
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
US18/131,309
Other versions
US20230242510A1 (en
Inventor
Hongfu LU
Weiqiang XING
Yongcong Lv
Baojian QI
Jianbiao PENG
Haibing GUO
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Priority to US18/131,309 priority Critical patent/US11767312B2/en
Publication of US20230242510A1 publication Critical patent/US20230242510A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US11767312B2 publication Critical patent/US11767312B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/502Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. cinnoline, phthalazine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A61P5/26Androgens
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/14Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for lactation disorders, e.g. galactorrhoea
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08Bridged systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B2200/00Indexing scheme relating to specific properties of organic compounds
    • C07B2200/07Optical isomers
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Definitions

  • Prostate cancer which is one of the most common cancers worldwide, is the second major cancer killer leading to death in adult males in the world.
  • the prostate cancer has no significant symptoms and grows relatively slowly at early stage, and may have symptoms such as frequent urination, dysuria, hematuria and odynuria at late stage and probably metastasize to other parts. Therefore, a patient concerned is generally found to have an advanced cancer.
  • the prostate cancer with an incidence exceeding that of lung cancer has ranked first in the dangers to health of males.
  • the number of new patients with prostate cancer in China in 2016 was 120,000, which is estimated to reach 237,000 by 2030, with a compound annual growth rate of 5% for the number of new patients.
  • the prostate cancer is an androgen-dependent tumor, and androgens can stimulate prostate cancer cell growth and result in disease progression.
  • Endocrine therapy is one of the conventional treatment means.
  • the treatment standard for advanced PCa is androgen deprivation therapy (ADT), such as surgical castration (bilateral orchiectomy)/drug castration (such as injection of Zoladex).
  • ADT androgen deprivation therapy
  • AR androgen receptor
  • CRPC castration-resistant prostate cancer
  • mCRPC metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer
  • Oral drugs currently approved for treating the metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer mainly comprise abiraterone and enzalutamide.
  • abiraterone is a novel androgen biosynthesis inhibitor, which can block synthesis of androgen in the environment within testis, adrenal gland or tumor cells.
  • enzalutamide is an androgen receptor inhibitor that can competitively inhibit the binding of androgen to a receptor. After binding to AR, the enzalutamide can further inhibit the nuclear transport of AR, thereby blocking the interaction between AR and DNA.
  • CRPC Despite being castration-refractory, CRPC still relies on an AR signaling axis for continuous growth.
  • the mutation of AR reduces the small molecule antagonistic activity of a targeted AR, and even converts it into an AR agonist, which is clinically manifested as drug resistance. Therefore, a selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) can not only inhibit the androgen receptor and block the process of androgen receptor signaling, but also degrade the receptor itself, thus bringing more benefits.
  • SARD selective androgen receptor degrader
  • the present invention mainly relies on the proteolysis targeting chimeras (PROTAC) technology to afford a type of selective AR degraders (SARDs).
  • PROTAC proteolysis targeting chimeras
  • SARDs selective AR degraders
  • the PROTAC technology mainly relies on an intracellular ubiquitin-proteasome system.
  • the system is an intracellular “cleaner”, and a main role of a ubiquitination system is to ubiquitinate the denatured, mutated or harmful proteins in the cells.
  • the ubiquitinated proteins are degraded by the proteasome system inside the cells.
  • PROTAC lies in that: one end of a molecule is an AR interaction fragment, and the other end is a ubiquitin-proteasome interaction fragment, and the two ends are linked to form a chimeric molecule by means of intermediate junction.
  • PROTAC interacts with a target protein (AR) and the proteasome system at the same time, so that the proteasome and AR proteins are spatially close to each other, and thus the AR is degraded by ubiquitination.
  • AR target protein
  • PROTAC small molecule drug
  • ARV-110 currently unknown in structure
  • PROTAC technology belongs to the frontier field.
  • the action mechanism thereof is much more complicated than that of a traditional small molecule drug: the action mode of such molecules involves three-body binding kinetics, and is affected by PROTAC's own catalyst characteristics (and potential hook effect issues). Therefore, the molecular design idea of PROTAC is completely different from a small molecule design idea, and there is no obvious regularity at all.
  • Common drug-chemical strategies, such as equivalent replacement of effective fragments, are not necessarily applicable in the design of such molecules.
  • the present invention proposes a compound as represented by formula (I), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R
  • G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R
  • ring B is selected from phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and the phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R
  • ring C is selected from C 4-6 cycloalkyl
  • R 2 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R
  • ring A is selected from 6- to 12-membered aryl and 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl
  • R A is selected from H, NO 2 , halogen, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy, and the C
  • the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from 0, NH, S, C( ⁇ O), C( ⁇ O)O, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 and N.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (I-X-1) or formula (I-X-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • ring A, ring B, ring C, R 1 , R 2 , R A , R D , G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , m, n and q are as defined in the present invention.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (II), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • ring B is selected from phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and the phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • ring C is selected from C 4-6 cycloalkyl;
  • R 2 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • each R 3 and R 4 is independently selected from H, NO 2 , halogen, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy is optionally substitute
  • the above-mentioned 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C( ⁇ O), C( ⁇ O)O, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 and N.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (II-A-1) or formula (II-A-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • ring B, ring C, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R D1 , R D2 , R D3 , G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and m are as defined in the present invention.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (III), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • each R 3 and R 4 is independently selected from H, NO 2 , halogen, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • each X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and X 4 is independently selected from C(R) and N respectively;
  • each R D1 , R D2 and R D3 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1,
  • the above-mentioned 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C( ⁇ O), C( ⁇ O)O, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 and N.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (III-A-1) or formula (III-A-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R D1 , R D2 , R D3 , G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are as defined in the present invention.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (I-A), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • ring B is selected from phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and the phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • ring C is selected from C 4-6 cycloalkyl;
  • R 2 is selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • each R 3 and R 4 is independently selected from H, NO 2 , halogen, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy is optionally substitute
  • the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C( ⁇ O), C( ⁇ O)O, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 and N.
  • the present invention further provides a compound represented by formula (I-A-1) or formula (I-A-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • ring B, ring C, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R D1 , R D2 , R D3 , R D4 , G, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and m are as defined in the present invention.
  • the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (I-B), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C 1-6 alkyl, and the C 1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • each R 3 and R 4 is independently selected from H, NO 2 , halogen, NH 2 , CN, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R;
  • each X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and X 4 is independently selected from C(R) and N respectively;
  • each R D1 , R D2 and R D3 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1,
  • the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C( ⁇ O), C( ⁇ O)O, S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 and N.
  • the present invention further provides a compound as represented by formula (I-B-1) or formula (I-B-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
  • R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , R D1 , R D2 , R D3 , R D4 , L 1 , L 2 , L 3 , X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and G are as defined previously.
  • the above-mentioned ring A is selected from phenyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • each R 3 and R 4 is independently selected from H, NO 2 , F, Cl, Br, I, NH 2 , CN, CF 3 , methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, methoxy and ethoxy respectively, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • R 2 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • the above-mentioned ring C is selected from cyclobutyl and cyclohexanyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • the above-mentioned ring B is selected from phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyrazinyl, and the phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • each L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are independently a single bond, O, S, NH, C( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 , C 1-3 alkyl, —C 1-3 alkyl-O—, C 2-3 alkenyl, C 2-3 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C 1-3 alkyl, —C 1-3 alkyl-O—, C 2-3 alkenyl, C 2-3 alkynyl, C 3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R L ; other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • R L is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH 2 , CN,
  • each L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are independently a single bond, O, S, NH, C( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O), S( ⁇ O) 2 , CH 2 ,
  • R D4 is independently selected from H, CN, F, Cl, Br, I, CF 3 , CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 and cyclopropyl respectively, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
  • the present invention further proposes compounds of the following formulae, optical isomers thereof and pharmacodynamically acceptable salts thereof, which are selected from
  • the present invention further proposes compounds of the following formulae, optical isomers thereof and pharmacodynamically acceptable salts thereof, which are selected from
  • the present invention further proposes use of the aforementioned compounds, optical isomers thereof and pharmacodynamically acceptable salts thereof in the preparation of a medicament for preventing and/or treating a cancer or Kennedy's disease.
  • the above-mentioned cancer is an AR-related cancer, such as prostate cancer, breast cancer, and the like.
  • the present invention further proposes a method for treating a cancer (e.g., the prostate cancer, the breast cancer, etc.) or Kennedy's disease.
  • the method comprises administering the aforementioned compound, an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof to a patient.
  • the phrase “at least one”, when referring to a list of one or more elements, is intended to mean at least one element selected from any one or more elements in the list of elements, but does not necessarily include at least one of each element specifically listed in the list of elements, and does not exclude any combination of the elements in the list of elements.
  • This definition further allows that elements, other than those specifically determined within the list of elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, may be optionally present, no matter whether they are related or unrelated to those specifically determined elements.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable as used herein is directed at those compounds, materials, compositions and/or dosage forms that, within the scope of reliable medical judgement, are suitable for use in contact with human and animal tissues, without excessive toxic, irritative and allergic reactions or other problems or complications, and it is commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • pharmacodynamically acceptable salt refers to a salt of a compound of the present invention, which is prepared from the compound with a specific substituent discovered by the present invention and a relatively non-toxic acid or base.
  • a base addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral form of such compound with a sufficient amount of base in a pure solution or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • the pharmacodynamically acceptable base addition salt includes sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amine or magnesium salts or similar salts.
  • an acid addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral form of such compound with a sufficient amount of acid in a solution or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • the pharmacodynamically acceptable acid addition salt include inorganic acid salts, the inorganic acids including, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, bicarbonate radical, phosphoric acid, monohydrogenphosphate radical, dihydrogenphosphate radical, sulfuric acid, hydrosulfate radical, hydroiodic acid, phosphorous acid, etc.; and organic acid salts, the organic acids including, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulf
  • the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound containing an acid racial or a basic group by a conventional chemical method.
  • a preparation method of such salts is as follows: reacting these compounds in a form of a free acid or base with a stoichiometric amount of an appropriate base or acid in water or an organic solvent or a mixture thereof.
  • the compound of the present invention may exist in a specific geometric or stereoisomeric form. All such compounds contemplated in the present invention comprise cis and trans isomers, ( ⁇ )- and (+)-enantiomers, (R)- and (S)-enantiomers, diastereoisomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, and racemic mixtures and other mixtures thereof, for example, enantiomerically or diastereomerically enriched mixtures, and all these mixtures shall fall within the scope of the present invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in substituents such as alkyl. All these isomers and the mixtures thereof are incorporated into the scope claimed in the present invention.
  • a wedged solid bond ( ) and a wedged dotted bond ( ) are used to represent an absolute configuration of a stereocenter.
  • tautomers or “tautomeric forms” means that isomers of different functional groups are in a dynamic equilibrium and can be rapidly interconverted at room temperature.
  • a chemical equilibrium of tautomers can be achieved if tautomers are possible (such as in a solution).
  • a proton tautomer also referred to as a prototropic tautomer
  • a valence tautomer includes interconversions by recombination of some bonding electrons.
  • a specific example of the keto-enol tautomerization is an interconversion between two tautomers, pentane-2,4-dione and 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one, or, for example,
  • Optically active (R)- and (9-isomers as well as D and L isomers can be prepared by chiral synthesis or a chiral reagent or other conventional techniques. If one enantiomer of a certain compound of the present invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, wherein the resulting mixture of diastereomers is separated and an auxiliary group is cleaved to provide a pure desired enantiomer.
  • a diastereoisomer salt is formed with an appropriate optically-active acid or alkali, a diastereoisomer is subsequently resolved by a conventional method known in the art, and a pure enantiomer is subsequently recovered and obtained.
  • the enantiomer and the diastereomer are usually separated by chromatography in which a chiral stationary phase is used optionally in combination with chemical derivatization (for example, carbamate is generated from amines).
  • the compound of the present invention may contain an unnatural proportion of atomic isotopes at one or more atoms that constitute the compound.
  • compounds can be labeled with radioisotopes, such as tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or C-14 ( 14 C).
  • a deuterated drug can be formed by replacing hydrogen with deuterium, and the bond formed by deuterium and carbon is stronger than that formed by ordinary hydrogen and carbon.
  • the deuterated drug has the advantages of reducing toxic and side effects, increasing drug stability, improving therapeutic effect, prolonging the biological half-life of a drug, etc. Transformations of all isotopic compositions of the compounds of the present invention, regardless of radioactivity, are included within the scope of the present invention. “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, which includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs or does not occur.
  • the compound of the present invention may contain an unnatural proportion of atomic isotopes at one or more atoms that constitute the compound.
  • compounds can be labeled with radioisotopes, such as tritium ( 3 H), iodine-125 ( 125 I) or C-14 ( 14 C).
  • a deuterated drug can be formed by replacing hydrogen with deuterium, and the bond formed by deuterium and carbon is stronger than that formed by ordinary hydrogen and carbon. Compared with a non-deuterated drug, the deuterated drug has the advantages of reducing toxic and side effects, increasing drug stability, improving therapeutic effect, prolonging the biological half-life of a drug, etc.
  • Transformations of all isotopic compositions of the compounds of the present invention, regardless of radioactivity, are included within the scope of the present invention. “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, which includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs or does not occur.
  • the dotted line represents a point of attachment of the group to the remainder of a molecule.
  • the dotted line represents a single bond or inexistence, and also means that “ ” represents a single bond “ ” or a double bond “ ”.
  • substituted or “substituted with . . . ” means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on a specified atom are substituted with a substituent which may include deuterium and a hydrogen variant, as long as the valence of the specified atom is normal and the substituted compound is stable.
  • substituent which may include deuterium and a hydrogen variant, as long as the valence of the specified atom is normal and the substituted compound is stable.
  • optionally substituted or “optionally substituted with . . . ” means that it may or may not be substituted; unless otherwise specified, the type and number of substituents may be optional on a chemically achievable basis.
  • any variable e.g., R
  • the definition thereof in each case is independent.
  • the group may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 or 3 R′, with independent alternatives for R′ in each case.
  • substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations produce stable compounds.
  • substituent When the enumerated substituent does not indicate through which atom it is attached to a substituted group, such substituent may be bonded through any atoms thereof, for example, pyridyl as a substituent may be attached to the substituted group through any one of the carbon atoms on a pyridine ring.
  • linking direction thereof is optional, for example, the linking group L in
  • —CH 2 O— is —CH 2 O—, then —CH 2 O— can be attached to phenyl and cyclopentyl in a direction the same as a reading sequence from left to right to form
  • the number of atoms on a ring is generally defined as the number of ring members, for example, “a 3- to 6-membered ring” refers to a “ring” having 3 to 6 atoms arranged around.
  • C 1-6 alkyl is used to represent a linear or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon group consisting of 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the C 1-6 alkyl includes C 1-5 , C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-6 , C 2-4 , C 6 and C 5 alkyl, etc.; they can be monovalent (e.g., CH 3 ), bivalent (—CH 2 —) or multivalent
  • C 1-6 alkyl examples include, but are not limited to, CH 3 ,
  • C 1-4 alkyl is used to represent a linear or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon group consisting of 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the C 1-4 alkyl includes C 1-2 , C 1-3 , C 3-4 and C 2-3 alkyl, etc.; they can be monovalent (e.g., CH 3 ), bivalent (e.g., —CH 2 —) or multivalent
  • Examples of the C 1-4 alkyl include, but are not limited to, CH 3 ,
  • C 2-3 alkenyl is used to represent a linear or branched-chain hydrocarbon group including at least one carbon-carbon double bond and consisting of 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and the carbon-carbon double bond can be located at any position of the group.
  • the C 2-3 alkenyl includes C 3 and C 2 alkenyl; the C 2-3 alkenyl can be monovalent, bivalent or multivalent. Examples of C 2-3 alkenyl include, but are not limited to,
  • C 2-3 alkynyl is used to represent a linear or branched-chain hydrocarbon group including at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and consisting of 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and the triple bond can be located at any position of the group. It can be monovalent, bivalent or multivalent.
  • the C 2-3 alkynyl includes C 3 and C 2 alkynyl. Examples of the C 2-3 alkynyl include, but are not limited to,
  • C 1-6 alkoxy represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through one oxygen atom.
  • the C 1-6 alkoxy includes C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-6 , C 2-4 , C 6 , C 5 , C 4 and C 3 alkoxy, etc.
  • Examples of the C 1-6 alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (including n-propoxy and isopropoxy), butoxy (including n-butoxy, isobutoxy, s-butoxy and t-butoxy), pentyloxy (including n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy and neopentyloxy), hexyloxy, etc.
  • C 1-3 alkoxy represents those alkyl groups containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through one oxygen atom.
  • the C 1-3 alkoxy includes C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-3 , C 1 , C 2 and C 3 alkoxy, etc.
  • Examples of the C 1-3 alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (including n-propoxy and isopropoxy), etc.
  • C 1-6 alkylamino represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through amino.
  • the C 1-6 alkylamino includes C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-6 , C 2-4 , C 6 , C 5 , C 4 , C 3 and C 2 alkylamino, etc.
  • C 1-6 alkylamino examples include, but are not limited to, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 2 CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), —NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —NHCH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , etc.
  • C 1-3 alkylamino represents those alkyl groups containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through amino.
  • the C 1-3 alkylamino includes C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-3 , C 1 , C 2 and C 3 alkylamino, etc.
  • Examples of C 1-3 alkylamino include, but are not limited to, —NHCH 3 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , —NHCH 2 CH 3 , —N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , —NHCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , and —NHCH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 .
  • C 1-6 alkylthio represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through a sulfur atom.
  • the C 1-6 alkylthio includes C 1-4 , C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-6 , C 2-4 , C 6 , C 5 , C 4 , C 3 and C 2 alkylthio, etc.
  • Examples of the C 1-6 alkylthio include, but are not limited to, —SCH 3 , —SCH 2 CH 3 , —SCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —SCH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 , etc.
  • C 1-3 alkylthio represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through a sulfur atom.
  • the C 1-3 alkylthio includes C 1-3 , C 1-2 , C 2-3 , C 1 , C 2 and C 3 alkylthio, etc.
  • Examples of the C 1-3 alkylthio include, but are not limited to, —SCH 3 , —SCH 2 CH 3 , —SCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —SCH 2 (CH 3 ) 2 , etc.
  • C 3-9 cycloalkyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 3 to 9 carbon atoms, which is monocyclic and bicyclic systems, and the C 3 -9 cycloalkyl includes C 3-8 , C 3-7 , C 3-6 , C 3-5 and C 5-6 cycloalkyl; it can be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
  • Examples of the C 3-9 cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, etc.
  • C 3-6 cycloalkyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, which is monocyclic and bicyclic systems, and the C 3-6 cycloalkyl includes C 3-5 , C 4-5 and C 5-6 cycloalkyl; it can be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
  • Examples of C 3-6 cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • C 4-6 cycloalkyl represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 4 to 6 carbon atoms, which is monocyclic and bicyclic systems, and the C 4-6 cycloalkyl includes C 4-5 , C 4-6 and C 5-6 cycloalkyl; it can be monovalent, divalent or multivalent.
  • Examples of C 4-6 cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • the term “3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl” by itself or in combination with other terms respectively represents a saturated cyclic group consisting of 3 to 10 ring atoms, and 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms, wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , where p is 1 or 2). It includes monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, fused rings and bridged rings.
  • a heteroatom may occupy an attachment position of the heterocycloalkyl and the remainder of the molecule.
  • the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl includes 3- to 9-membered, 3- to 8-membered, 3- to 6-membered, 3- to 5-membered, 4- to 6-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, etc.
  • Examples of the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl (including tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidyl (including 1-piperidyl, 2-piperidyl and 3-piperidyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxanyl, dithianyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,
  • the term “4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl” by itself or in combination with other terms respectively represents a saturated cyclic group consisting of 4 to 8 ring atoms, and 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from 0, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms, wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , where p is 1 or 2). It includes monocyclic and bicyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic system includes spiro rings, fused rings and bridged rings.
  • a heteroatom may occupy an attachment position of the heterocycloalkyl and the remainder of the molecule.
  • the 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl includes 4- to 6-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered, 6-membered, 7-membered and 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, etc.
  • Examples of the 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl (including tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidyl (including 1-piperidyl, 2-piperidyl and 3-piperidyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxanyl, dithianyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl,
  • the term “3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl” by itself or in combination with other terms respectively represents a saturated cyclic group consisting of 3 to 6 ring atoms, and 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from 0, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms, wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , where p is 1 or 2). It includes monocyclic and bicyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic system includes spiro rings, fused rings and bridged rings.
  • a heteroatom may occupy an attachment position of the heterocycloalkyl and the remainder of the molecule.
  • the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl includes 4- to 6-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, etc.
  • 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl (including tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidyl (including 1-piperidyl, 2-piperidyl and 3-piperidyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxanyl, dithianyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,2-
  • C 6-10 aryl ring and “C 6-10 aryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention, and the term “C 6-10 aryl ring” or “C 6-10 aryl” represents a cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 6 to 10 carbon atoms and having a conjugated ⁇ -electron system, which can be a monocyclic, fused-bicyclic or fused-tricyclic system, wherein each ring is aromatic. It can be monovalent, divalent or polyvalent, and the C 6-10 aryl includes C 6-9 , C 9 , C 10 and C 6 aryl, etc. Examples of the C 6-10 aryl include, but are not limited to, phenyl and naphthyl (including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, etc.).
  • the terms “5- to 12-membered heteroaromatic ring” and “5- to 12-membered heteroaryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention;
  • the term “5- to 12-membered heteroaryl” represents a cyclic group consisting of 5 to 12 ring atoms and having a conjugated ⁇ -electron system, 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms. It can be a monocyclic, fused-bicyclic or fused-tricyclic system, wherein each ring is aromatic.
  • the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , where p is 1 or 2).
  • 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom or a carbon atom.
  • the 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl includes 5- to 10-membered, 5- to 9-membered, 5- to 8-membered, 5- to 7-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 5-membered and 6-membered heteroaryl, etc.
  • Examples of the 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.), triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl (3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl and 5-isoxazolyl, etc.), thiazolyl (including 2-thiazolyl, 4-thi
  • the terms “5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic ring” and “5- to 6-membered heteroaryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention;
  • the term “5- to 6-membered heteroaryl” represents a monocyclic group consisting of 5 to 6 ring atoms and having a conjugated ⁇ -electron system, 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms.
  • the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , where p is 1 or 2).
  • the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom or a carbon atom.
  • the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl includes 5-membered and 6-membered heteroaryl.
  • Examples of the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.), triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl,
  • the terms “5- to 10-membered heteroaromatic ring” and “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention;
  • the term “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” represents a monocyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring atoms and having a conjugated ⁇ -electron system, 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms.
  • the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O) p , where p is 1 or 2).
  • 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom or a carbon atom.
  • the 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl includes 5-membered, 6-membered, 7-membered, 8-membered, 9-membered and 10-membered heteroaryl.
  • Examples of the 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.), triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl (3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl and 5-isoxazolyl, etc.), thiazolyl (including 2-thiazolyl, 4-thi
  • C n ⁇ n+m or C n -C n+m includes any specific instance of n to n+m carbons, for example, C 1-12 includes C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , C 8 , C 9 , C 10 , C 11 and C 12 , and also includes any range from n to n+m, for example, C 1-12 includes C 1-3 , C 1-6 , C 1-9 , C 3-6 , C 3-9 , C 3-12 , C 6-9 , C 6-12 and C 9-12 , etc.; similarly, n- to n+m-membered represents that the number of atoms on a ring is n to n+m, for example, a 3- to 12-membered ring includes a 3-membered ring, a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring
  • leaving group refers to a functional group or atom that can be substituted with another functional group or atom through a substitution reaction (for example, a nucleophilic substitution reaction).
  • a substitution reaction for example, a nucleophilic substitution reaction.
  • representative leaving groups include: triflate; chloro, bromo, iodo; sulfonate radicals, such as mesylate, tosylate, p-bromobenzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, etc.; acyloxy, such as acetoxy, trifluoroacetoxy, etc.
  • protecting group includes, but is not limited to, “an amino protecting group”, “a hydroxy protecting group” or “a thiol protecting group”.
  • amino protecting group refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing side reactions at an amino nitrogen position.
  • Representative amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to: formyl; acyl, for example, alkanoyl (such as acetyl, trichloroacetyl, or trifluoroacetyl); alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc); arylmethoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), 1,1-di-(4′-methoxyphenyl)methyl; methylsilyl, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), etc.
  • alkanoyl such as acetyl, trichloroacetyl, or trifluoroacetyl
  • alkoxycarbonyl such as tert-but
  • hydroxy protecting group refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing hydroxy side reactions.
  • Representative hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to: alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl and tert-butyl; acyl, for example, alkanoyl (such as acetyl); arylmethyl, such as benzyl (Bn), p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm) and diphenylmethyl (DPM); methylsilyl, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), etc.
  • alkyl such as methyl, ethyl and tert-butyl
  • acyl for example, alkanoyl (such as acetyl)
  • arylmethyl such as benzyl (Bn), p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm) and di
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared by a variety of synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art, including the specific embodiments enumerated below, embodiments formed in combination with other chemical synthetic methods, and the equivalent alternatives well known to those skilled in the art; the preferred embodiments include, but are not limited to, the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the solvents used in the present invention are commercially available.
  • reaction solution was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30.0 mL), water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-1, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
  • intermediate I-14 400 mg, 0.803 mmol
  • Dess-Martin periodinane 681 mg, 1.606 mmol
  • dichloromethane 10 mL
  • a reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • the reaction solution was added with a saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (10 mL) and a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL), and then extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL ⁇ 3).
  • Organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-15.
  • the intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
  • reagent 2 (777 mg, 4.11 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL); sodium hydride (296 mg, 60% content, 7.40 mg) was added at 0° C. under nitrogen protection, followed by stirring for 30 minutes; 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (1.00 g, 4.11 mmol) was added, and a mixture was stirred and reacted at 40° C.
  • methyl 6-chloronicotinate 500 mg, 2.91 mmol was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of 4-piperidinemethanol (402 mg, 3.50 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.13 g, 8.73 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 3 hours.
  • intermediate I-22 (100 mg, 0.42 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (117 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (113 mg, 0.84 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (161 mg, 0.84 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (163 mg, 1.26 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • reagent 1 117 mg
  • 1-hydroxybenzotriazole 113 mg, 0.84 mmol
  • 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (161 mg, 0.84 mmol)
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine (163 mg, 1.26 mmol
  • intermediate I-23 (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (170 mg, 0.40 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL ⁇ 2); organic phases were combined, and washed successively with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL), a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-24. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • methyl 3,4-difluorobenzoate 200 mg, 1.16 mmol was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of 4-piperidinemethanol (133 mg, 1.16 mmol) and potassium carbonate (480 g, 3.48 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 2 hours.
  • intermediate I-26 120 mg, 0.47 mmol was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (131 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (127 mg, 0.94 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (180 mg, 0.94 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (182 mg, 1.41 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours.
  • reagent 1 131 mg
  • 1-hydroxybenzotriazole 127 mg, 0.94 mmol
  • 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride 180 mg, 0.94 mmol
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine 182 mg, 1.41 mmol
  • intermediate I-27 (122 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (204 mg, 0.48 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • a saturated sodium sulfite solution (20 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL ⁇ 2); organic phases were combined, and washed successively with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (20 mL ⁇ 2), a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL ⁇ 3) and water (20 mL ⁇ 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-28. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • Reagent 2 500 mg, 2.05 mmol was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), and 4-fluoro-2-methylbenzonitrile (277 mg, 2.05 mmol) was added successively; when the temperature was reduced to 0° C., 60% sodium hydride (164 mg, 4.1 mmol) was added, and the whole system was conducted under nitrogen; after addition was completed, a system was warmed up to 70° C. and reacted for 2 hours.
  • intermediate I-40 120 mg, 0.241 mmol was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL). Under the conditions of argon replacement and stirring, Dess-Martin periodinane (204 mg, 0.482 mmol) was added. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A reaction solution was added with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL) for quenching, and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL ⁇ 3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-41.
  • a compound of methyl 5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxylate (900 mg, 5.80 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL), followed by addition of compounds of 4-piperidinemethanol (670 mg, 5.82 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2.87 mL, 17.4 mmol).
  • a reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. After concentration, water (100 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (100 mL ⁇ 3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • intermediate I-43 (260 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (300 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (257 mg, 1.904 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (366 mg, 1.904 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.47 mL, 2.856 mmol). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 48 hours, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL ⁇ 3).
  • a compound of 5-chloropyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 3.15 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (40 mL), followed by addition of compounds of 4-piperidinemethanol (365 mg, 3.17 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.56 mL, 9.45 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 16 hours. After concentration, water (80 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (100 mL ⁇ 3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (80 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • isobenzofuran-1(3H)-one (1.00 g, 7.46 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of chloroform (20 mL) and glacial acetic acid (10 mL); N-bromosuccinimide (1.59 g, 8.95 mmol) was added under stirring and argon protection, and nitrogen replacement was performed again. Under nitrogen protection, a mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 16 hours. A mixture was cooled to room temperature, subsequently poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL ⁇ 3).
  • intermediate I-49 700 mg, 3.29 mmol was dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (10 mL), followed by addition of N-bromosuccinimide (702 mg, 3.95 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (79.7 mg, 0.329 mmol). Then, a mixture was reacted at 60° C. for 3 hours, and a reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, added with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL ⁇ 3); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered.
  • intermediate I-50 700 mg, 2.40 mmol was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL); then, the temperature was reduced to 0° C., and 85% hydrazine hydrate (600.7 mg) was added. Under nitrogen protection, a reaction mixture was stirred at reflux and reacted for 2 hours. A reaction system was poured into water (10 mL) and filtered. A filter cake was washed with water (10 mL ⁇ 3) to afford intermediate I-51.
  • intermediate I-51 400 mg, 1.77 mmol was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL).
  • N-BOC piperazine 330 mg, 1.77 mmol
  • sodium tert-butoxide 510 mg, 5.31 mmol
  • chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-di-isopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl)(2-amino-1,1′-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(II) 138 mg, 0.177 mmol were added, and a reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. overnight.
  • intermediate I-52 400 mg, 1.21 mmol was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (8 mL), 60% sodium hydride (96.8 mg, 2.42 mmol) was added, and a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours.
  • intermediate I-53 (240 mg, 0.544 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL). A solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (3 mL, 4 M) was added, and a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 1 hour. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was concentrated to afford intermediate I-54. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H] + 342.2.
  • 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (4.42 g, 31.3 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (150 mL); at ⁇ 60° C., butyllithium (1.6 M) (19.6 mL, 31.3 mmol) was added dropwise. After dropwise addition was completed, a mixture was stirred and reacted at ⁇ 60° C. for 1 hour under argon protection. At ⁇ 60° C., a solution of m-bromobenzoic acid (3.00 g, 14.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added dropwise, and a mixture was stirred and reacted at ⁇ 60° C.
  • intermediate I-62 (6.00 g, 17.1 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (100 mL, 4 M). After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-63, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
  • Methyl p-fluorobenzoate (5.00 g, 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by successive addition of 3-azetidinemethanol hydrochloride (4.81 g, 38.9 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (11.2 g, 81.1 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 16 hours.
  • 3-hydroxymethylpyrrole hydrochloride (1.20 g, 8.72 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by addition of methyl p-fluorobenzoate (1.48 g, 9.59 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (3.62 g, 26.2 mmol).
  • a reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 120° C. for 16 hours.
  • intermediate I-85 (520 mg, 2.06 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (8.00 mL) and water (2.00 mL); subsequently, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (433 mg, 10.3 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • Water (6.00 mL) was added first, and then ethyl acetate (5.00 mL) was used for extraction; an aqueous phase was adjusted to have pH of 1.0 with 2 N dilute hydrochloric acid, and then ethyl acetate (10 mL ⁇ 3) was used for extraction.
  • Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated to dryness to afford intermediate I-86.
  • intermediate I-86 200 mg, 0.897 mmol was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.00 mL), followed by addition of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (347 mg, 2.69 mmol), reagent 1 (283 mg, 0.897 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (242 mg, 1.79 mmol) and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (344 mg, 1.79 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • intermediate I-87 (150 mg, 0.310 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5.00 mL); subsequently, 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (434 mg, 1.55 mmol) was added, argon replacement was performed three times, and stirring was performed at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
  • a mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (10.0 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL ⁇ 3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-88. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • intermediate I-94 (1.84 g, 6.37 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL), palladium/carbon (mass fraction 10%) (1.35 g, 1.27 mmol) was added, and after addition was completed, hydrogen was replaced, and a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was filtered through diatomite, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-95. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • intermediate I-97 (170 mg, 0.64 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (134 mg, 3.2 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight.
  • intermediate I-98 120 mg, 0.51 mmol was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (142 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (138 mg, 1.02 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (196 mg, 1.02 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (197 mg, 1.53 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 4 hours.
  • reagent 1 142 mg
  • 1-hydroxybenzotriazole 138 mg, 1.02 mmol
  • 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride 196 mg, 1.02 mmol
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine 197 mg, 1.53 mmol
  • intermediate I-99 80 mg, 0.16 mmol was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), and 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (224 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 30 minutes. After a reaction was completed, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL ⁇ 3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL ⁇ 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-100. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate 200 mg, 1.07 mmol was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), followed by addition of 4-piperidineethanol (165 mg, 1.28 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (414 g, 3.21 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 50° C. for 2 hours.
  • intermediate I-102 140 mg, 0.56 mmol was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (156 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (157 mg, 1.12 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (215 mg, 1.12 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (217 mg, 1.68 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 4 hours.
  • reagent 1 156 mg
  • 1-hydroxybenzotriazole 157 mg, 1.12 mmol
  • 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride 215 mg, 1.12 mmol
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine 217 mg, 1.68 mmol
  • intermediate I-103 60 mg, 0.12 mmol was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (102 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added; a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • hydroxylamine hydrochloride (8.69 g, 125 mmol) was dissolved in water (130 mL), and anhydrous sodium acetate (13.6 g, 166 mmol) was added; a mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, and ethyl p-cyclohexanone formate was added dropwise (13.0 g, 83.2 mmol).
  • a reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 45° C. for 16 hours.
  • intermediate I-105 (11.2 g, 60.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (50.0 mL), a reaction system was protected with argon and cooled to ⁇ 15° C., and 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride (17.3 g, 90.8 mmol) was added. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at ⁇ 15° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was poured into ice water, and a solid was precipitated; after stirring at 5° C. for 20 minutes, suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-106. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H] + 340.2.
  • intermediate I-106 (12.5 g, 36.8 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (30.0 mL), and a reaction system was protected with argon and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentration was performed under reduced pressure to remove glacial acetic acid, a residue was added with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (40.0 mL) and stirred for 15 minutes, and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (30.0 mL ⁇ 3).
  • intermediate I-108 (560 mg, 4.33 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (50.0 mL), followed by addition of ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (970 mg, 5.20 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.68 g, 13.0 mmol).
  • a reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours.
  • a mixture was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-109.
  • intermediate I-109 (240 mg, 0.860 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran/methanol (3.00 mL/3.00 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (114 mg, 2.72 mmol) in water (3.00 mL) was added.
  • a reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours.
  • a mixture was adjusted to have system pH of 6.0 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, and a solid was precipitated; suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-110.
  • intermediate I-110 (180 mg, 0.716 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by addition of reagent 1 (293 mg), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (274 mg, 1.43 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (193 mg, 1.43 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (370 mg, 2.86 mmol).
  • 2-chloro-3-fluoro-5-methylpyridine (1.00 g, 6.87 mmol) was added to water (5.00 mL), followed by addition of potassium permanganate (2.17 g, 13.7 mmol) and pyridine (5.52 mL, 68.7 mmol). After stirring at 100° C. for 1 hour, potassium permanganate (4.34 g, 27.4 mmol) was added, followed by stirring at 100° C. overnight.
  • intermediate I-113 (650 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (10.0 mL) and cooled to 0° C. in an ice-water bath; thionyl chloride (0.676 mL, 9.26 mmol) was slowly added by an injector, the temperature was slowly raised to room temperature, and then heating at reflux was performed and reacted for 4 hours.
  • intermediate I-114 (340 mg, 1.67 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (10.0 mL), followed by addition of 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine (192 mg, 1.67 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (646 mg, 5.01 mmol); stirring was performed at 50° C. overnight.
  • reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, first added with water (10.0 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL ⁇ 2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-115.
  • intermediate I-115 (340 mg, 1.20 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (5.00 mL) and water (1.00 mL), followed by addition of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (252 mg, 6.00 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature overnight.
  • Methyl 5-bromopyridine-2-carboxylate (10.0 g, 46.3 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (200 mL), followed by successive addition of 4-piperidinemethanol (10.7 g, 92.6 mmol), anhydrous potassium carbonate (19.2 g, 139 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (848 mg, 0.926 mmol) and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-diisopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl (864 mg, 1.85 mmol); a mixture under argon protection was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 16 hours.
  • intermediate I-121 35 mg, 0.14 mmol was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (39 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (38 mg, 0.28 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (54 mg, 0.28 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (54 mg, 0.42 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours.
  • reagent 1 39 mg
  • 1-hydroxybenzotriazole 38 mg, 0.28 mmol
  • 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride 54 mg, 0.28 mmol
  • N,N-diisopropylethylamine 54 mg, 0.42 mmol
  • intermediate I-122 (30 mg, 0.058 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), and 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (81 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 1 hour. Water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL ⁇ 3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL ⁇ 3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-123. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
  • 1-124 (16.2 g, 67.2 mmol) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (100 mL); the temperature was raised to 100° C. to react for 3 hours. After cooling, spin-drying was performed to afford a crude product, the crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and added to water (200 mL), and a white solid was precipitated. A filter cake was obtained by filtering, rinsed with ethyl acetate (200 mL), and dried.
  • intermediate I-15 (100 mg, 0.201 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (4.00 mL) and methanol (1.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (50.0 mg), sodium acetate (60.0 mg, 0.735 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (93.0 mg, 0.441 mmol). After addition was completed, a reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • intermediate I-41 100 mg, 0.202 mmol
  • intermediate I-7 68.6 mg, 0.202 mmol
  • sodium acetate 82.7 mg, 1.01 mmol
  • dichloromethane 5 mL
  • methanol 1 mL
  • sodium triacetoxyborohydride 128 mg, 0.605 mmol
  • a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • a reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, a residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL ⁇ 3).
  • intermediate I-56 (80 mg, 0.162 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL).
  • Intermediate I-54 (61.2 mg), sodium acetate (13.3 mg, 0.162 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (34.3 mg, 0.162 mmol) were added, and a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours.
  • a reaction system was concentrated, a residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) and filtered; a filtrate was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 11.
  • intermediate I-88 (100 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (8.00 mL) and methanol (2.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (94.0 mg), sodium acetate (68.0 mg, 0.828 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (132 mg, 0.621 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature overnight.
  • intermediate I-118 80.0 mg was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (8.00 mL) and methanol (2.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (53.2 mg) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (99.2 mg, 0.468 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature overnight.
  • 1-138 (a TFA salt, 200 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL) and dichloromethane (10 mL), followed by sucessive addition of I-56 (234 mg, 0.47 mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (182 mg, 0.86 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2.58 mg, 0.043 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature for 2 hours. A reaction solution was added with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL ⁇ 3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • This assay evaluated compound performance in VCap cells. An intracellular androgen receptor was assayed by In-Cell-Western according to the assay procedure described below.
  • Vcap cells were seeded to a Vcap cell assay medium [phenol red containing DMEM (Gibco Cat. No.: 11995065); fetal bovine serum FBS (Gibco Cat. No.: 10099141C)] at a volume of 100 ⁇ L/well and a cell density of 50,000 cells/well. Cells were cultured for at least two days.
  • a 200 ⁇ stock solution plate was prepared in DMSO;
  • a 1:4 (10 ⁇ L protac+40 ⁇ L DMSO) gradient dilution was performed from row 2 to row 9, row 1 was reserved for a 2000 uM reference compound and row 10 was reserved for DMSO.
  • There were 8 concentrations the final concentrations on the 200 ⁇ plate was 2000 uM, 400 uM, 80 uM, etc.) in total.
  • a primary antibody solution (Androgen receptor Rabbbit mAb, Cell Signaling Technology Cat. No.: 5153; 1:1000 dilution) was prepared. The solution in the cell plate was discarded, a volume of 100 ⁇ L of a primary antibody diluent was added to each well, and incubation was performed at 4 degrees overnight. (v) The primary antibody solution was discarded, and the cell plate was washed with 1 ⁇ Wash buffer (Wash buffer in the present application means a washing buffer solution). (vi) A secondary antibody solution (Goat anti Rabbit IgG (H+L) Secondary Antibody, HRP, Thermo Cat.
  • a tumor cell line Vcap (ATCC Cat. No. CRL-2876) was respectively cultured with DMEM (Gibco Cat. No. 11965-092) medium containing 10% FBS (Gibco Cat. No. 10099-141C). During testing, Vcap cells were replaced with a DMEM culture fluid containing 5% FBS and 0.1 nM R1881 (Sigma Cat. No. R0908).
  • the assay method was as follows:
  • Vcap cells were seeded to a 384-well plate (Perkin Elmer Cat. No. 6007460) at a cell density of 1200 cells/well and a volume of 20 ⁇ L/well; after the cells were incubated overnight in a carbon dioxide incubator (Thermo), the prepared compound solutions with different concentrations were added at a volume of 5 ⁇ L/well; meanwhile, a corresponding solvent was provided as a control; after the cells were continuously incubated in the incubator for 6 days, the cell plate and the contents thereof were equilibrated to room temperature; 25 ⁇ L of a Cell Titer Glor (Promega Cat. No. G7573) reagent was added to each well; after vibration and uniform mixing, incubation in the dark was performed for 10-30 minutes, and a signal value was detected with Envision microplate reader (PerkinElmer).
  • a Cell Titer Glor Promega Cat. No. G7573
  • mice male CD1 mice, 6 to 8 weeks old; all animals had free access to food and water; 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr and 24 hr after the mice were subjected to a single intravenous injection of 1 mg/Kg of a compound to be tested (solvent 5% DMSO/15% Solutol/80% Saline) (saline in the present application all means a saline solution), or 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr and 24 hr after the mice were subjected to oral intragastric administration of 10 mg/kg (solvent 5% DMSO/10% Solutol/85% Saline), blood was collected from orbits, not less than 50 ⁇ L of each sample was collected, and heparin sodium was used for anticoagulation; the collected samples were placed on ice, and the plasma was centrifugally separated within 1 hour for testing.
  • Embodiment 82 in CN110612294 A was taken as a control sample 1.
  • the experimental results are as shown in Table 3.
  • mice represent longer T 1/2 , higher in-vivo exposure amount AUC 0-inf and oral bioavailability F.
  • mice Male SD rats, 6 to 8 weeks old; all animals had free access to food and water; 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr and 48 hr after the rats were subjected to a single intravenous injection of 1 mg/Kg of a compound to be tested (solvent 5% DMSO/15% Solutol/80% Saline), or 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr and 48 hr after the rats were subjected to oral intragastric administration of 10 mg/kg (solvent 5% DMSO/10% Solutol/85% Saline), blood was collected from orbits, not less than 50 ⁇ L of each sample was collected, and heparin sodium was used for anticoagulation; the collected samples were placed on ice, and the plasma was centrifugally separated within 1 hour for testing.
  • Embodiment 82 in CN110612294 A was taken as a control sample 1.
  • the experimental results are as shown in Table 4.
  • the experimental data show that the in-vivo pharmacokinetic results of oral administration of the compound of the present invention in rats represent longer T 1/2 , higher in-vivo exposure amount AUC 0-inf and oral bioavailability F.
  • Embodiment 82 in CN110612294 A was taken as a control sample 1.
  • the experimental results are as shown in Table 5.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a phthalazinone compound, and a preparation method therefor and the medical use thereof. In particular, disclosed are a compound as represented by formula (I), and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt, and the use of the compound as an androgen receptor (AR) for degradation.
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00001

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 18/079,778 filed Dec. 12, 2022, which is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/CN2021/099654 filed Jun. 11, 2021, which claims priority to Chinese Application No. 202010536221.6 filed Jun. 12, 2020, Chinese Application No. 202011147078.8 filed Oct. 23, 2020, Chinese Application No. 202011261665.X filed Nov. 12, 2020, Chinese Application No. 202110485680.0 filed Apr. 30, 2021, and Chinese Application No. 202110614030.1 filed Jun. 2, 2021. The above-mentioned Chinese patent applications are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
Prostate cancer (PCa), which is one of the most common cancers worldwide, is the second major cancer killer leading to death in adult males in the world. The prostate cancer has no significant symptoms and grows relatively slowly at early stage, and may have symptoms such as frequent urination, dysuria, hematuria and odynuria at late stage and probably metastasize to other parts. Therefore, a patient concerned is generally found to have an advanced cancer. In the US, the prostate cancer with an incidence exceeding that of lung cancer, has ranked first in the dangers to health of males. The number of new patients with prostate cancer in China in 2016 was 120,000, which is estimated to reach 237,000 by 2030, with a compound annual growth rate of 5% for the number of new patients. It also means that in the next 10 years, the incidence of prostate cancer in China will enter a peak period, and such cancer will become the first cancer killer in men. Due to a low early diagnosis rate, the mortality rate of prostate cancer patients in China is much higher than that in developed countries. In the US, the survival rate of patients with the disease for 5 years is more than 98%, while the survival rate of the same patients in China is only 50%.
The prostate cancer is an androgen-dependent tumor, and androgens can stimulate prostate cancer cell growth and result in disease progression. Endocrine therapy is one of the conventional treatment means. For example, the treatment standard for advanced PCa is androgen deprivation therapy (ADT), such as surgical castration (bilateral orchiectomy)/drug castration (such as injection of Zoladex). The ADT therapy has a significant effect in the initial period of treatment, but as the disease progresses, the androgen receptor (AR) is subjected to mutation, and the mutated AR becomes more sensitive to a low level of androgens, driving the disease to progress to a castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC). Almost all patients with an advanced prostate cancer will eventually progress to the CRPC after receiving the endocrine therapy. Furthermore, up to 30% of the prostate cancer patients will develop to have a metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer (mCRPC) within 10 years of initial treatment. At present, clinically, the patients diagnosed with an early focal prostate cancer are usually curable, but the patients diagnosed with asymptomatic or mildly-symptomatic metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer (mCRPC) have no clinically curative options.
Oral drugs currently approved for treating the metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer mainly comprise abiraterone and enzalutamide. Therein, abiraterone is a novel androgen biosynthesis inhibitor, which can block synthesis of androgen in the environment within testis, adrenal gland or tumor cells. However, enzalutamide is an androgen receptor inhibitor that can competitively inhibit the binding of androgen to a receptor. After binding to AR, the enzalutamide can further inhibit the nuclear transport of AR, thereby blocking the interaction between AR and DNA.
Despite being castration-refractory, CRPC still relies on an AR signaling axis for continuous growth. The mutation of AR reduces the small molecule antagonistic activity of a targeted AR, and even converts it into an AR agonist, which is clinically manifested as drug resistance. Therefore, a selective androgen receptor degrader (SARD) can not only inhibit the androgen receptor and block the process of androgen receptor signaling, but also degrade the receptor itself, thus bringing more benefits.
The present invention mainly relies on the proteolysis targeting chimeras (PROTAC) technology to afford a type of selective AR degraders (SARDs). The PROTAC technology mainly relies on an intracellular ubiquitin-proteasome system. The system is an intracellular “cleaner”, and a main role of a ubiquitination system is to ubiquitinate the denatured, mutated or harmful proteins in the cells. The ubiquitinated proteins are degraded by the proteasome system inside the cells. The design idea of the PROTAC lies in that: one end of a molecule is an AR interaction fragment, and the other end is a ubiquitin-proteasome interaction fragment, and the two ends are linked to form a chimeric molecule by means of intermediate junction. PROTAC interacts with a target protein (AR) and the proteasome system at the same time, so that the proteasome and AR proteins are spatially close to each other, and thus the AR is degraded by ubiquitination.
The small molecule PROTAC technology was reported in 2008. Currently, only a small molecule drug ARV-110 (currently unknown in structure) based on AR degradation from Arvinas is in the Phase I clinical development. PROTAC technology belongs to the frontier field. In recent years, as shown in a large number of literature reports, PROTAC works by binding a degradation target and the ubiquitination system simultaneously. The action mechanism thereof is much more complicated than that of a traditional small molecule drug: the action mode of such molecules involves three-body binding kinetics, and is affected by PROTAC's own catalyst characteristics (and potential hook effect issues). Therefore, the molecular design idea of PROTAC is completely different from a small molecule design idea, and there is no obvious regularity at all. Common drug-chemical strategies, such as equivalent replacement of effective fragments, are not necessarily applicable in the design of such molecules.
At present, there is still a need to develop PROTAC molecules with a novel structure and used for AR degradation.
BRIEF SUMMARY
In an aspect of the present invention, the present invention proposes a compound as represented by formula (I), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00002

wherein R1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring B is selected from phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and the phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring C is selected from C4-6 cycloalkyl; R2 is selected from H and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring A is selected from 6- to 12-membered aryl and 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl; RA is selected from H, NO2, halogen, NH2, CN, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; RD is selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R is independently selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH2 and C1-6 alkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R′; each L1, L2 and L3 is independently selected from a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 RL; RL is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH2, CN,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00003

C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio and C1-6 alkylamino respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio or C1-6 alkylamino is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R′; R′ is independently selected from H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, OH, NH2,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00004

CH3, CH2F, CHF2 and CF3 respectively; n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 1, 2, 3 or 4; the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from 0, NH, S, C(═O), C(═O)O, S(═O), S(═O)2 and N.
In another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (I-X-1) or formula (I-X-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00005

wherein ring A, ring B, ring C, R1, R2, RA, RD, G, L1, L2, L3, m, n and q are as defined in the present invention.
In another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (II), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00006

wherein R1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring B is selected from phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and the phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring C is selected from C4-6 cycloalkyl; R2 is selected from H and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each R3 and R4 is independently selected from H, NO2, halogen, NH2, CN, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each RD1, RD2 and RD3 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R is independently selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH2 and C1-6 alkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R′; each L1, L2 and L3 is independently selected from a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 RL; RL is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH2, CN,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00007

C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio and C1-6 alkylamino respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio or C1-6 alkylamino is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R′; R′ is independently selected from H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, OH, NH2,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00008

CH3, CH2F, CHF2 and CF3 respectively; m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; the above-mentioned 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C(═O), C(═O)O, S(═O), S(═O)2 and N.
In another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (II-A-1) or formula (II-A-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00009

wherein ring B, ring C, R1, R2, R3, R4, RD1, RD2, RD3, G, L1, L2, L3 and m are as defined in the present invention.
In another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (III), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00010

wherein R1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each R3 and R4 is independently selected from H, NO2, halogen, NH2, CN, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each X1, X2, X3 and X4 is independently selected from C(R) and N respectively; each RD1, RD2 and RD3 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R is independently selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH2 and C1-6 alkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each L1, L2 and L3 is independently selected from a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 RL; RL is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH2, CN,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00011

C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio and C1-6 alkylamino respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio or C1-6 alkylamino is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R′ is independently selected from H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, OH, NH2,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00012

CH3, CH2F, CHF2 and CF3 respectively; the above-mentioned 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C(═O), C(═O)O, S(═O), S(═O)2 and N.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (III-A-1) or formula (III-A-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00013

wherein R1, R3, R4, RD1, RD2, RD3, G, L1, L2, L3, X1, X2, X3 and X4 are as defined in the present invention.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (I-A), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00014

wherein R1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring B is selected from phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl, and the phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; ring C is selected from C4-6 cycloalkyl; R2 is selected from H and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each R3 and R4 is independently selected from H, NO2, halogen, NH2, CN, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each RD1, RD2 and RD3 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; RD4 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R is independently selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH2 and C1-6 alkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each L1, L2 and L3 is independently selected from a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-110 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 RL; RL is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH2, CN,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00015

C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio and C1-6 alkylamino respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio or C1-6 alkylamino is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R′ is independently selected from H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, OH, NH2,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00016

CH3, CH2F, CHF2 and CF3 respectively; m is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C(═O), C(═O)O, S(═O), S(═O)2 and N.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further provides a compound represented by formula (I-A-1) or formula (I-A-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00017

wherein ring B, ring C, R1, R2, R3, R4, RD1, RD2, RD3, RD4, G, L1, L2, L3 and m are as defined in the present invention.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a compound as represented by formula (I-B), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00018

wherein R1 is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; G is selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I and C1-6 alkyl, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each R3 and R4 is independently selected from H, NO2, halogen, NH2, CN, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each X1, X2, X3 and X4 is independently selected from C(R) and N respectively; each RD1, RD2 and RD3 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; RD4 is independently selected from H, CN, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl and 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl or 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; R is independently selected from H, F, Cl, Br, I, OH, NH2 and C1-6 alkyl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; each L1, L2 and L3 is independently selected from a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, —C1-6 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-10 cycloalkyl, 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 RL; RL is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH2, CN,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00019

C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio and C1-6 alkylamino respectively, and the C1-6 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio or C1-6 alkylamino is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R′; R′ is independently selected from H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, OH, NH2,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00020

CH3, CH2F, CHF2 and CF3 respectively; the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl, 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl or 5- to 9-membered heteroaryl comprises 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms or heteroatom groups independently selected from O, NH, S, C(═O), C(═O)O, S(═O), S(═O)2 and N.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further provides a compound as represented by formula (I-B-1) or formula (I-B-2), an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00021
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00022

wherein R1, R3, R4, RD1, RD2, RD3, RD4, L1, L2, L3, X1, X2, X3, X4 and G are as defined previously.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned ring A is selected from phenyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned each R3 and R4 is independently selected from H, NO2, F, Cl, Br, I, NH2, CN, CF3, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, methoxy and ethoxy respectively, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned R2 is selected from H, methyl and ethyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned ring C is selected from cyclobutyl and cyclohexanyl, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned building block
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00023

is selected from
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00024

and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned ring B is selected from phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyrazinyl, and the phenyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or pyrazinyl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned building block
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00025

is selected from
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00026

and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned each L1, L2 and L3 are independently a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, C1-3 alkyl, —C1-3 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl and 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl respectively, and the C1-3 alkyl, —C1-3 alkyl-O—, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 RL; other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned RL is independently selected from H, halogen, OH, NH2, CN,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00027

C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-3 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-3 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylthio and C1-3 alkylamino respectively, and the C1-3 alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-3 alkyl-C(═O)—, C1-3 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylthio or C1-3 alkylamino is optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R; other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned each L1, L2 and L3 are independently a single bond, O, S, NH, C(═O), S(═O), S(═O)2, CH2,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00028

respectively, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned building block
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00029

is selected from
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00030
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00031
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00032
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00033
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00034
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00035

and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned RD4 is independently selected from H, CN, F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CH3, CH2CH3 and cyclopropyl respectively, and other variables are as defined in the present invention.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes compounds of the following formulae, optical isomers thereof and pharmacodynamically acceptable salts thereof, which are selected from
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00036
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00037
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00038
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00039
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00040
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00041
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00042
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes compounds of the following formulae, optical isomers thereof and pharmacodynamically acceptable salts thereof, which are selected from
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00043
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00044
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00045
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00046
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00047
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00048
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00049
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00050
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00051
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00052
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00053
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00054
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00055
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes use of the aforementioned compounds, optical isomers thereof and pharmacodynamically acceptable salts thereof in the preparation of a medicament for preventing and/or treating a cancer or Kennedy's disease.
In some schemes of the present invention, the above-mentioned cancer is an AR-related cancer, such as prostate cancer, breast cancer, and the like.
In yet another aspect of the present invention, the present invention further proposes a method for treating a cancer (e.g., the prostate cancer, the breast cancer, etc.) or Kennedy's disease. The method comprises administering the aforementioned compound, an optical isomer thereof and a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof to a patient.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Unless otherwise specified, the following terms and phrases used herein are intended to have the following meanings. A specific term or phrase should not be considered to be indeterminate or unclear without specific definitions, but should be understood in its ordinary meaning. When a trade name appears herein, it is intended to refer to a corresponding commercial product or an active ingredient thereof.
As used in the present invention, it should be appreciated that the phrase “at least one”, when referring to a list of one or more elements, is intended to mean at least one element selected from any one or more elements in the list of elements, but does not necessarily include at least one of each element specifically listed in the list of elements, and does not exclude any combination of the elements in the list of elements. This definition further allows that elements, other than those specifically determined within the list of elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, may be optionally present, no matter whether they are related or unrelated to those specifically determined elements.
The term “pharmacodynamically acceptable” as used herein is directed at those compounds, materials, compositions and/or dosage forms that, within the scope of reliable medical judgement, are suitable for use in contact with human and animal tissues, without excessive toxic, irritative and allergic reactions or other problems or complications, and it is commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
The term “pharmacodynamically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of a compound of the present invention, which is prepared from the compound with a specific substituent discovered by the present invention and a relatively non-toxic acid or base. When the compound of the present invention contains a relatively acidic functional group, a base addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral form of such compound with a sufficient amount of base in a pure solution or in a suitable inert solvent. The pharmacodynamically acceptable base addition salt includes sodium, potassium, calcium, ammonium, organic amine or magnesium salts or similar salts. When the compound of the present invention contains a relatively basic functional group, an acid addition salt can be obtained by contacting a neutral form of such compound with a sufficient amount of acid in a solution or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of the pharmacodynamically acceptable acid addition salt include inorganic acid salts, the inorganic acids including, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, carbonic acid, bicarbonate radical, phosphoric acid, monohydrogenphosphate radical, dihydrogenphosphate radical, sulfuric acid, hydrosulfate radical, hydroiodic acid, phosphorous acid, etc.; and organic acid salts, the organic acids including, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, and methanesulfonic acid; and these examples also include salts of amino acids (such as arginine), and salts of organic acids such as glucuronic acid. Certain specific compounds of the present invention contain both basic and acidic functional groups and thus can be converted into either base or acid addition salts.
The pharmacodynamically acceptable salt of the present invention can be synthesized from a parent compound containing an acid racial or a basic group by a conventional chemical method. Generally, a preparation method of such salts is as follows: reacting these compounds in a form of a free acid or base with a stoichiometric amount of an appropriate base or acid in water or an organic solvent or a mixture thereof.
The compound of the present invention may exist in a specific geometric or stereoisomeric form. All such compounds contemplated in the present invention comprise cis and trans isomers, (−)- and (+)-enantiomers, (R)- and (S)-enantiomers, diastereoisomers, (D)-isomers, (L)-isomers, and racemic mixtures and other mixtures thereof, for example, enantiomerically or diastereomerically enriched mixtures, and all these mixtures shall fall within the scope of the present invention. Additional asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in substituents such as alkyl. All these isomers and the mixtures thereof are incorporated into the scope claimed in the present invention.
Unless otherwise stated, a wedged solid bond (
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00001
) and a wedged dotted bond (
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00002
) are used to represent an absolute configuration of a stereocenter.
The compound of the present invention may exist in a specific form. Unless otherwise specified, the term “tautomers” or “tautomeric forms” means that isomers of different functional groups are in a dynamic equilibrium and can be rapidly interconverted at room temperature. A chemical equilibrium of tautomers can be achieved if tautomers are possible (such as in a solution). For example, a proton tautomer (also referred to as a prototropic tautomer) comprises an interconversion via migration of a proton, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerizations. A valence tautomer includes interconversions by recombination of some bonding electrons. Therein, a specific example of the keto-enol tautomerization is an interconversion between two tautomers, pentane-2,4-dione and 4-hydroxypent-3-en-2-one, or, for example,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00056

are tautomers.
Optically active (R)- and (9-isomers as well as D and L isomers can be prepared by chiral synthesis or a chiral reagent or other conventional techniques. If one enantiomer of a certain compound of the present invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, wherein the resulting mixture of diastereomers is separated and an auxiliary group is cleaved to provide a pure desired enantiomer. Or, when the molecule contains an alkaline functional group (such as an amino group) or an acidic functional group (such as a carboxyl group), a diastereoisomer salt is formed with an appropriate optically-active acid or alkali, a diastereoisomer is subsequently resolved by a conventional method known in the art, and a pure enantiomer is subsequently recovered and obtained. In addition, the enantiomer and the diastereomer are usually separated by chromatography in which a chiral stationary phase is used optionally in combination with chemical derivatization (for example, carbamate is generated from amines). The compound of the present invention may contain an unnatural proportion of atomic isotopes at one or more atoms that constitute the compound. For example, compounds can be labeled with radioisotopes, such as tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I) or C-14 (14C). For another example, a deuterated drug can be formed by replacing hydrogen with deuterium, and the bond formed by deuterium and carbon is stronger than that formed by ordinary hydrogen and carbon. Compared with a non-deuterated drug, the deuterated drug has the advantages of reducing toxic and side effects, increasing drug stability, improving therapeutic effect, prolonging the biological half-life of a drug, etc. Transformations of all isotopic compositions of the compounds of the present invention, regardless of radioactivity, are included within the scope of the present invention. “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, which includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs or does not occur.
The compound of the present invention may contain an unnatural proportion of atomic isotopes at one or more atoms that constitute the compound. For example, compounds can be labeled with radioisotopes, such as tritium (3H), iodine-125 (125I) or C-14 (14C). For another example, a deuterated drug can be formed by replacing hydrogen with deuterium, and the bond formed by deuterium and carbon is stronger than that formed by ordinary hydrogen and carbon. Compared with a non-deuterated drug, the deuterated drug has the advantages of reducing toxic and side effects, increasing drug stability, improving therapeutic effect, prolonging the biological half-life of a drug, etc. Transformations of all isotopic compositions of the compounds of the present invention, regardless of radioactivity, are included within the scope of the present invention. “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, which includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs or does not occur.
When a valence bond of a group has a dotted line “
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00003
”, for example, in
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00057

the dotted line represents a point of attachment of the group to the remainder of a molecule. When a single bond has “
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00003
”, for example, in “
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00004
” the dotted line represents a single bond or inexistence, and also means that “
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00005
” represents a single bond “
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00006
” or a double bond “
Figure US11767312-20230926-P00007
”.
The term “substituted” or “substituted with . . . ” means that any one or more hydrogen atoms on a specified atom are substituted with a substituent which may include deuterium and a hydrogen variant, as long as the valence of the specified atom is normal and the substituted compound is stable. The term “optionally substituted” or “optionally substituted with . . . ” means that it may or may not be substituted; unless otherwise specified, the type and number of substituents may be optional on a chemically achievable basis.
When any variable (e.g., R) appears more than once in the composition or structure of a compound, the definition thereof in each case is independent. Thus, for example, if a group is substituted with 1, 2 or 3 R′, the group may be optionally substituted with 1 or 2 or 3 R′, with independent alternatives for R′ in each case. Furthermore, combinations of substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations produce stable compounds.
When one of the variables is selected from a single bond, it represents that two groups attached thereto are directly attached, for example, when L1 in
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00058

represents the single bond, it means that the structure is actually
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00059
When the enumerated substituent does not indicate through which atom it is attached to a substituted group, such substituent may be bonded through any atoms thereof, for example, pyridyl as a substituent may be attached to the substituted group through any one of the carbon atoms on a pyridine ring.
When the enumerated linking group does not indicate a linking direction thereof, the linking direction thereof is optional, for example, the linking group L in
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00060

is —CH2O—, then —CH2O— can be attached to phenyl and cyclopentyl in a direction the same as a reading sequence from left to right to form
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00061

and can also be attached to phenyl and cyclopentyl in a direction opposite to the reading sequence from left to right to form
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00062

Combinations of the linking groups, substituents and/or variants thereof are permissible only if such combinations produce stable compounds.
Unless otherwise specified, the number of atoms on a ring is generally defined as the number of ring members, for example, “a 3- to 6-membered ring” refers to a “ring” having 3 to 6 atoms arranged around.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-6 alkyl” is used to represent a linear or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon group consisting of 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The C1-6 alkyl includes C1-5, C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-4, C6 and C5 alkyl, etc.; they can be monovalent (e.g., CH3), bivalent (—CH2—) or multivalent
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00063

Examples of C1-6 alkyl include, but are not limited to, CH3,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00064

etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-4 alkyl” is used to represent a linear or branched-chain saturated hydrocarbon group consisting of 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The C1-4 alkyl includes C1-2, C1-3, C3-4 and C2-3 alkyl, etc.; they can be monovalent (e.g., CH3), bivalent (e.g., —CH2—) or multivalent
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00065

Examples of the C1-4 alkyl include, but are not limited to, CH3,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00066

etc.
Unless otherwise specified, “C2-3 alkenyl” is used to represent a linear or branched-chain hydrocarbon group including at least one carbon-carbon double bond and consisting of 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and the carbon-carbon double bond can be located at any position of the group. The C2-3 alkenyl includes C3 and C2 alkenyl; the C2-3 alkenyl can be monovalent, bivalent or multivalent. Examples of C2-3 alkenyl include, but are not limited to,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00067

etc.
Unless otherwise specified, “C2-3 alkynyl” is used to represent a linear or branched-chain hydrocarbon group including at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and consisting of 2 to 3 carbon atoms, and the triple bond can be located at any position of the group. It can be monovalent, bivalent or multivalent. The C2-3 alkynyl includes C3 and C2 alkynyl. Examples of the C2-3 alkynyl include, but are not limited to,
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00068

etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-6 alkoxy” represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through one oxygen atom. The C1-6 alkoxy includes C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-4, C6, C5, C4 and C3 alkoxy, etc. Examples of the C1-6 alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (including n-propoxy and isopropoxy), butoxy (including n-butoxy, isobutoxy, s-butoxy and t-butoxy), pentyloxy (including n-pentyloxy, isopentyloxy and neopentyloxy), hexyloxy, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-3 alkoxy” represents those alkyl groups containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through one oxygen atom. The C1-3 alkoxy includes C1-3, C1-2, C2-3, C1, C2 and C3 alkoxy, etc. Examples of the C1-3 alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (including n-propoxy and isopropoxy), etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-6 alkylamino” represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through amino. The C1-6 alkylamino includes C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-4, C6, C5, C4, C3 and C2 alkylamino, etc. Examples of C1-6 alkylamino include, but are not limited to, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)CH2CH3, —N(CH2CH3)(CH2CH3), —NHCH2CH2CH3, —NHCH2(CH3)2, —NHCH2CH2CH2CH3, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-3alkylamino” represents those alkyl groups containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through amino. The C1-3 alkylamino includes C1-3, C1-2, C2-3, C1, C2 and C3 alkylamino, etc. Examples of C1-3 alkylamino include, but are not limited to, —NHCH3, —N(CH3)2, —NHCH2CH3, —N(CH3)CH2CH3, —NHCH2CH2CH3, and —NHCH2(CH3)2.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-6 alkylthio” represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through a sulfur atom. The C1-6 alkylthio includes C1-4, C1-3, C1-2, C2-6, C2-4, C6, C5, C4, C3 and C2 alkylthio, etc. Examples of the C1-6 alkylthio include, but are not limited to, —SCH3, —SCH2CH3, —SCH2CH2CH3, —SCH2(CH3)2, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “C1-3 alkylthio” represents an alkyl group containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and attached to the remainder of the molecule through a sulfur atom. The C1-3 alkylthio includes C1-3, C1-2, C2-3, C1, C2 and C3 alkylthio, etc. Examples of the C1-3 alkylthio include, but are not limited to, —SCH3, —SCH2CH3, —SCH2CH2CH3, —SCH2(CH3)2, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, “C3-9 cycloalkyl” represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 3 to 9 carbon atoms, which is monocyclic and bicyclic systems, and the C3-9 cycloalkyl includes C3-8, C3-7, C3-6, C3-5 and C5-6 cycloalkyl; it can be monovalent, divalent or multivalent. Examples of the C3-9 cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, “C3-6cycloalkyl” represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 3 to 6 carbon atoms, which is monocyclic and bicyclic systems, and the C3-6cycloalkyl includes C3-5, C4-5 and C5-6 cycloalkyl; it can be monovalent, divalent or multivalent. Examples of C3-6 cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, “C4-6cycloalkyl” represents a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 4 to 6 carbon atoms, which is monocyclic and bicyclic systems, and the C4-6cycloalkyl includes C4-5, C4-6 and C5-6 cycloalkyl; it can be monovalent, divalent or multivalent. Examples of C4-6 cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl” by itself or in combination with other terms respectively represents a saturated cyclic group consisting of 3 to 10 ring atoms, and 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms, wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O)p, where p is 1 or 2). It includes monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic systems include spiro rings, fused rings and bridged rings. Furthermore, with respect to the “3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl”, a heteroatom may occupy an attachment position of the heterocycloalkyl and the remainder of the molecule. The 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl includes 3- to 9-membered, 3- to 8-membered, 3- to 6-membered, 3- to 5-membered, 4- to 6-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, etc. Examples of the 3- to 10-membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl (including tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidyl (including 1-piperidyl, 2-piperidyl and 3-piperidyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxanyl, dithianyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,2-oxazinyl, 1,2-thiazinyl, hexahydropyridazinyl, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidyl, dioxepanyl or
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00069

etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl” by itself or in combination with other terms respectively represents a saturated cyclic group consisting of 4 to 8 ring atoms, and 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from 0, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms, wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O)p, where p is 1 or 2). It includes monocyclic and bicyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic system includes spiro rings, fused rings and bridged rings. Furthermore, with respect to the “4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl”, a heteroatom may occupy an attachment position of the heterocycloalkyl and the remainder of the molecule. The 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl includes 4- to 6-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered, 6-membered, 7-membered and 8-membered heterocycloalkyl, etc. Examples of the 4- to 8-membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl (including tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidyl (including 1-piperidyl, 2-piperidyl and 3-piperidyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxanyl, dithianyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,2-oxazinyl, 1,2-thiazinyl, hexahydropyridazinyl, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidyl or
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00070

etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the term “3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl” by itself or in combination with other terms respectively represents a saturated cyclic group consisting of 3 to 6 ring atoms, and 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from 0, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms, wherein the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O)p, where p is 1 or 2). It includes monocyclic and bicyclic systems, wherein the bicyclic system includes spiro rings, fused rings and bridged rings. Furthermore, with respect to the “3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl”, a heteroatom may occupy an attachment position of the heterocycloalkyl and the remainder of the molecule. The 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl includes 4- to 6-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 4-membered, 5-membered and 6-membered heterocycloalkyl, etc. Examples of the 3- to 6-membered heterocycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl (including tetrahydrothiophen-2-yl and tetrahydrothiophen-3-yl, etc.), tetrahydrofuranyl (including tetrahydrofuran-2-yl, etc.), tetrahydropyranyl, piperidyl (including 1-piperidyl, 2-piperidyl and 3-piperidyl, etc.), piperazinyl (including 1-piperazinyl and 2-piperazinyl, etc.), morpholinyl (including 3-morpholinyl and 4-morpholinyl, etc.), dioxanyl, dithianyl, isoxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, 1,2-oxazinyl, 1,2-thiazinyl, hexahydropyridazinyl, homopiperazinyl or homopiperidyl, etc.
Unless otherwise specified, the terms “C6-10 aryl ring” and “C6-10 aryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention, and the term “C6-10 aryl ring” or “C6-10 aryl” represents a cyclic hydrocarbon group consisting of 6 to 10 carbon atoms and having a conjugated π-electron system, which can be a monocyclic, fused-bicyclic or fused-tricyclic system, wherein each ring is aromatic. It can be monovalent, divalent or polyvalent, and the C6-10 aryl includes C6-9, C9, C10 and C6 aryl, etc. Examples of the C6-10 aryl include, but are not limited to, phenyl and naphthyl (including 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, etc.).
Unless otherwise specified, the terms “5- to 12-membered heteroaromatic ring” and “5- to 12-membered heteroaryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention; the term “5- to 12-membered heteroaryl” represents a cyclic group consisting of 5 to 12 ring atoms and having a conjugated π-electron system, 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms. It can be a monocyclic, fused-bicyclic or fused-tricyclic system, wherein each ring is aromatic. Therein, the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O)p, where p is 1 or 2). 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom or a carbon atom. The 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl includes 5- to 10-membered, 5- to 9-membered, 5- to 8-membered, 5- to 7-membered, 5- to 6-membered, 5-membered and 6-membered heteroaryl, etc. Examples of the 5- to 12-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.), triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl (3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl and 5-isoxazolyl, etc.), thiazolyl (including 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl and 5-thiazolyl, etc.), furyl (including 2-furyl and 3-furyl, etc.), thienyl (including 2-thienyl and 3-thienyl, etc.), pyridyl (including 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl, etc.), pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl (including 2-pyrimidinyl and 4-pyrimidinyl, etc.), benzothiazolyl (including 5-benzothiazolyl, etc.), purinyl, benzimidazolyl (including 2-benzimidazolyl, etc.), benzoxazolyl, indolyl (including 5-indolyl, etc.), isoquinolinyl (including 1-isoquinolinyl and 5-isoquinolinyl, etc.), quinoxalinyl (including 2-quinoxalinyl and 5-quinoxalinyl, etc.) or quinolinyl (including 3-quinolinyl and 6-quinolinyl, etc.).
Unless otherwise specified, the terms “5- to 6-membered heteroaromatic ring” and “5- to 6-membered heteroaryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention; the term “5- to 6-membered heteroaryl” represents a monocyclic group consisting of 5 to 6 ring atoms and having a conjugated π-electron system, 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms. Therein, the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O)p, where p is 1 or 2). 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom or a carbon atom. The 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl includes 5-membered and 6-membered heteroaryl. Examples of the 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.), triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl (3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl and 5-isoxazolyl, etc.), thiazolyl (including 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl and 5-thiazolyl, etc.), furyl (including 2-furyl and 3-furyl, etc.), thienyl (including 2-thienyl and 3-thienyl, etc.), pyridyl (including 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl, etc.), pyrazinyl or pyrimidinyl (including 2-pyrimidinyl and 4-pyrimidinyl, etc.).
Unless otherwise specified, the terms “5- to 10-membered heteroaromatic ring” and “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” can be used interchangeably in the present invention; the term “5- to 10-membered heteroaryl” represents a monocyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring atoms and having a conjugated π-electron system, 1, 2, 3 or 4 ring atoms thereof are heteroatoms independently selected from O, S and N, and the remainder are carbon atoms. Therein, the nitrogen atom is optionally quaternized, and the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can be optionally oxidized (i.e., NO and S(O)p, where p is 1 or 2). 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl can be attached to the remainder of the molecule through a heteroatom or a carbon atom. The 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl includes 5-membered, 6-membered, 7-membered, 8-membered, 9-membered and 10-membered heteroaryl. Examples of the 5- to 10-membered heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, pyrrolyl (including N-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), pyrazolyl (including 2-pyrazolyl and 3-pyrrolyl, etc.), imidazolyl (including N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl and 5-imidazolyl, etc.), oxazolyl (including 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl and 5-oxazolyl, etc.), triazolyl (1H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-1,2,3-triazolyl, 1H-1,2,4-triazolyl and 4H-1,2,4-triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl (3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl and 5-isoxazolyl, etc.), thiazolyl (including 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl and 5-thiazolyl, etc.), furyl (including 2-furyl and 3-furyl, etc.), thienyl (including 2-thienyl and 3-thienyl, etc.), pyridyl (including 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl and 4-pyridyl, etc.), pyrazinyl or pyrimidinyl (including 2-pyrimidinyl and 4-pyrimidinyl, etc.).
Unless otherwise specified, Cn−n+m or Cn-Cn+m includes any specific instance of n to n+m carbons, for example, C1-12 includes C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, C8, C9, C10, C11 and C12, and also includes any range from n to n+m, for example, C1-12 includes C1-3, C1-6, C1-9, C3-6, C3-9, C3-12, C6-9, C6-12 and C9-12, etc.; similarly, n- to n+m-membered represents that the number of atoms on a ring is n to n+m, for example, a 3- to 12-membered ring includes a 3-membered ring, a 4-membered ring, a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring, a 7-membered ring, a 8-membered ring, a 9-membered ring, a 10-membered ring, a 11-membered ring and a 12-membered ring, and also includes any range from n to n+m, for example, a 3- to 12-membered ring includes a 3- to 6-membered ring, a 3- to 9-membered ring, a 5- to 6-membered ring, a 5- to 7-membered ring, a 5- to 10-membered ring, a 6- to 7-membered ring, a 6- to 8-membered ring and a 6- to 10-membered ring, etc.
The term “leaving group” refers to a functional group or atom that can be substituted with another functional group or atom through a substitution reaction (for example, a nucleophilic substitution reaction). For example, representative leaving groups include: triflate; chloro, bromo, iodo; sulfonate radicals, such as mesylate, tosylate, p-bromobenzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, etc.; acyloxy, such as acetoxy, trifluoroacetoxy, etc.
The term “protecting group” includes, but is not limited to, “an amino protecting group”, “a hydroxy protecting group” or “a thiol protecting group”. The term “amino protecting group” refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing side reactions at an amino nitrogen position. Representative amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to: formyl; acyl, for example, alkanoyl (such as acetyl, trichloroacetyl, or trifluoroacetyl); alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc); arylmethoxycarbonyl, such as benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz) and 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc); arylmethyl, such as benzyl (Bn), trityl (Tr), 1,1-di-(4′-methoxyphenyl)methyl; methylsilyl, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), etc. The term “hydroxy protecting group” refers to a protecting group suitable for preventing hydroxy side reactions. Representative hydroxy protecting groups include, but are not limited to: alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl and tert-butyl; acyl, for example, alkanoyl (such as acetyl); arylmethyl, such as benzyl (Bn), p-methoxybenzyl (PMB), 9-fluorenylmethyl (Fm) and diphenylmethyl (DPM); methylsilyl, such as trimethylsilyl (TMS) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl (TBS), etc.
The compounds of the present invention can be prepared by a variety of synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art, including the specific embodiments enumerated below, embodiments formed in combination with other chemical synthetic methods, and the equivalent alternatives well known to those skilled in the art; the preferred embodiments include, but are not limited to, the embodiments of the present invention.
The solvents used in the present invention are commercially available.
Compounds were named according to conventional nomenclature in the art or by using ChemDraw® software, and commercially available compounds were named in supplier catalogs.
The present application will be described in detail below with reference to embodiments, but it does not mean that there is any unfavorable limitation to the present application. The present application has been described in detail herein, and the specific embodiments thereof are also disclosed. For those skilled in the art, it would be obvious to make various changes and improvements to the specific embodiments of the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application.
EXAMPLES Preparation of Intermediates Reference Example 1: Preparation of Intermediate I-1
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00071
2-bromo-4-fluorobenzoic acid (7.00 g, 31.9 mmol) was dissolved in thionyl chloride (30.0 mL), and N,N-dimethylformamide (0.25 mL) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hours under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, thionyl chloride was removed under reduced pressure, and a residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL). Diethylamine (11.7 g, 159.8 mmol) was added, and the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (30.0 mL), water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-1, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 274.0. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.30 (dd, J=8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J=8.5, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (td, J=8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 3.78 (dt, J=14.5, 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.42-3.21 (m, 1H), 3.12 (ddt, J=17.6, 10.5, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.24 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.04 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
Reference Example 2: Preparation of Intermediate I-2
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00072
Intermediate I-1 (8.50 g), potassium vinylfluoroborate (4.98 g, 37.2 mmol) and potassium carbonate (10.7 g, 77.5 mmol) were dissolved in a mixed solution of dioxane (80.0 mL)/water (20.0 mL), and bistriphenylphosphine palladium dichloride (1.09 g, 1.55 mmol) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at 90° C. overnight under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100.0 mL), washed successively with water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-2, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 222.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 7.24 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J=8.4, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (td, J=8.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (ddd, J=17.4, 11.0, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (d, J=11.0 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (brs, 2H), 3.10-3.01 (m, 2H), 1.25 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.00 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
Reference Example 3: Preparation of Intermediate I-3
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00073
Intermediate I-2 (7.00 g) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dioxane (70.0 mL)/water (30.0 mL), followed by addition of potassium osmate dihydrate (466.0 mg, 1.27 mmol) and sodium periodate (13.5 g, 63.2 mmol). A reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated to afford a residue. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100.0 mL), washed successively with water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated to afford a residue, and the residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 9.99 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.57 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 2H), 3.59 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.11 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.02 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
Reference Example 4: Preparation of Intermediate I-4
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00074
Intermediate I-3 (3.00 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (10.0 mL), and hydrazine hydrate (1.03 g, 17.4 mmol, mass fraction 85.0%) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at 145° C. for 1 hour under microwave irradiation. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and filtered, a filter cake was dried to afford a crude product of intermediate I-4, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 165.0. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.69 (brs, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.28 (dd, J=8.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J=9.0, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (td, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H).
Reference Example 5: Preparation of Intermediate I-5
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00075
Intermediate I-4 (200.0 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.00 mL), and sodium hydride (58.0 mg, 1.46 mmol, mass fraction 60.0%) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for half an hour under nitrogen protection, and 3-bromopiperidine-2,6-dione (280.0 mg, 1.46 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (100.0 mL); organic phases were washed with water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford a crude product of intermediate I-5; the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 276.2.
Reference Example 6: Preparation of Intermediate I-6
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00076
Intermediate I-5 (200.0 mg), 1-Boc-piperazine (176.0 mg, 0.94 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (200.0 μL) were dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (3.00 mL), and a reaction solution was stirred at 130° C. overnight under nitrogen protection. A reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (100.0 mL), washed with water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue, and the residue was separated and purified by chromatography to afford intermediate I-6. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 442.3.
Reference Example 7: Preparation of Intermediate I-7
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00077
Intermediate I-6 (20.0 mg, 0.045 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2.00 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (2.00 mL) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-7, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 342.2.
Reference Example 8: Preparation of Intermediate I-8
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00078
Tert-butyl 4-fluorobenzoate (3.00 g, 15.3 mmol), 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine (2.10 g, 18.2 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), and potassium carbonate (2.64 g, 19.1 mmol) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at 80° C. overnight under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and diluted with ethyl acetate (100.0 mL); organic phases were washed with water (30.0 mL) and saturated saline, dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and then filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue, and the residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-8. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 292.2.
Reference Example 9: Preparation of Intermediate I-9
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00079
To a solution of intermediate I-8 (400.0 mg, 1.37 mmol) in dichloromethane (20.0 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (864.0 mg, 2.03 mmol), and a reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight under nitrogen protection. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue; the residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-9. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 290.2.
Reference Example 10: Preparation of Intermediate I-10
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00080
Intermediates 1-7 (15.0 mg) and 1-9 (19.0 mg, 0.066 mmol) were dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (3.00 mL), followed by addition of potassium acetate (3.60 mg, 0.044 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (18.0 mg, 0.085 mmol). A reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-10. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H-56]+559.3.
Reference Example 11: Preparation of Intermediate I-11
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00081
Intermediate I-10 (21.0 mg, 0.034 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3.00 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1.00 mL) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-11, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
Reference Example 12: Preparation of Intermediate I-12
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00082
Ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.68 mmol), 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine (309 mg, 2.68 mmol) and potassium carbonate (370 mg, 2.68 mmol) were mixed and dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 50° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, poured into water (100 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-12. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 266.1.
Reference Example 13: Preparation of Intermediate I-13
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00083
At room temperature, intermediate I-12 (19.0 g, 71.6 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL); then, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (6.01 g, 143 mmol) in water (50 mL) was added dropwise into the above-mentioned solution. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent, and a residue was adjusted to have pH=3 with a 2 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution; a white solid was precipitated and filtered to afford a crude product of intermediate I-13, and the crude product was directly used in the next step without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 238.2.
Reference Example 14: Preparation of Intermediate I-14
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00084
At room temperature, intermediate I-13 (2.50 g, 10.5 mmol), reagent 1 (3.31 g) and diisopropylethylamine (5.22 mL, 31.6 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (150 mL). Under the conditions of argon replacement and stirring, O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N,N-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (6.01 g, 15.8 mmol) was added to a reaction solution. A reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethylacetate (50 mL×3); organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-14. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 498.2.
Reference Example 15: Preparation of Intermediate I-15
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00085
At room temperature, intermediate I-14 (400 mg, 0.803 mmol) and Dess-Martin periodinane (681 mg, 1.606 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL). After addition was completed, a reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was added with a saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (10 mL) and a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL), and then extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-15. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
Reference Example 16: Preparation of Intermediate I-16
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00086
At room temperature, reagent 2 (777 mg, 4.11 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL); sodium hydride (296 mg, 60% content, 7.40 mg) was added at 0° C. under nitrogen protection, followed by stirring for 30 minutes; 4-fluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile (1.00 g, 4.11 mmol) was added, and a mixture was stirred and reacted at 40° C. for 3 hours; a reaction solution was added with water (50 mL) and extracted with acetic acid (50 mL×3); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated; after a crude product was purified by normal-phase column chromatography, a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (15 mL, 3 M) was added, a reaction was conducted at room temperature for 1 hour, and the reaction solution was directly spin-dried and concentrated to afford intermediate I-16. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
Reference Example 18: Preparation of Intermediate I-18
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00087
Intermediate I-8 (54.0 g, 185 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dioxane (500 mL), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (1500 mL, 3 M) was added; a reaction system was protected with argon, warmed up to 75° C., and stirred and reacted for 16 hours. A mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was purified by beating with ethyl acetate (500 mL); suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was purified by beating with anhydrous acetonitrile (500 mL); the suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-18.
Reference Example 19: Preparation of Intermediate I-19
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00088
Intermediate I-18 (200 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (230 mg, 1.702 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (327 mg, 1.702 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.55 mmol) and intermediate I-16 (385 mg). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. Water (50 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (50 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-19.
Reference Example 20: Preparation of Intermediate I-20
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00089
Intermediate I-19 (120 mg, 0.226 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (20 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (192 mg, 0.452 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (200 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (200 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-20.
Reference Example 21: Preparation of Intermediate I-21
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00090
At room temperature, methyl 6-chloronicotinate (500 mg, 2.91 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of 4-piperidinemethanol (402 mg, 3.50 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.13 g, 8.73 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 3 hours. After a reaction was completed, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (10 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-21.
Reference Example 22: Preparation of Intermediate I-22
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00091
At room temperature, intermediate I-21 (250 mg, 1.00 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (420 mg, 10.0 mmol) in water (2 mL) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was acidified with a 1 N hydrochloric acid solution to pH=6 and concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by reverse-phase silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-22.
Reference Example 23: Preparation of Intermediate I-23
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00092
At room temperature, intermediate I-22 (100 mg, 0.42 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (117 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (113 mg, 0.84 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (161 mg, 0.84 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (163 mg, 1.26 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. After a reaction was completed, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (10 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was purified by normal-phase silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-23.
Reference Example 24: Preparation of Intermediate I-24
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00093
In an ice-water bath, intermediate I-23 (100 mg, 0.20 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (170 mg, 0.40 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); organic phases were combined, and washed successively with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL), a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and water (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-24. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 25: Preparation of Intermediate I-25
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00094
At room temperature, methyl 3,4-difluorobenzoate (200 mg, 1.16 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of 4-piperidinemethanol (133 mg, 1.16 mmol) and potassium carbonate (480 g, 3.48 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 2 hours. Water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-25. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 268.1.
Reference Example 26: Preparation of Intermediate I-26
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00095
At room temperature, intermediate I-25 (160 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (252 mg, 6.0 mmol) in water (2 mL) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was adjusted to have pH=4-5 with a 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution; filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-26. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 254.1.
Reference Example 27: Preparation of Intermediate I-27
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00096
At room temperature, intermediate I-26 (120 mg, 0.47 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (131 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (127 mg, 0.94 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (180 mg, 0.94 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (182 mg, 1.41 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. Water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-27. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 514.1.
Reference Example 28: Preparation of Intermediate I-28
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00097
At 0° C., intermediate I-27 (122 mg, 0.24 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (204 mg, 0.48 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A saturated sodium sulfite solution (20 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×2); organic phases were combined, and washed successively with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (20 mL×2), a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL×3) and water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-28. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 29: Preparation of Intermediate I-29
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00098
2,6-difluoronicotinic acid (1.0 g, 0.322 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL), and concentrated sulfuric acid (61.7 mg, 0.629 mmol) was added; a system was protected with nitrogen, and a mixture was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was added to water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3), and organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford intermediate I-29. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 30: Preparation of Intermediate I-30
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00099
Intermediate I-29 (350 mg, 2.02 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL), followed by successive addition of 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine (255 mg, 2.22 mmol) and potassium carbonate (558 mg, 4.04 mmol); a reaction system under nitrogen protection was warmed up to 100° C. and reacted for 16 hours; after a mixture was cooled to room temperature, the mixture was added with water (20 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated to dryness. A residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-30. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 269.1.
Reference Example 31: Preparation of Intermediate I-31
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00100
Intermediate I-30 (100 mg, 0.373 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5 mL); then, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (78.3 mg, 1.87 mmol) was dissolved in water (5.00 mL) and added dropwise to a reaction, and a reaction system was protected with argon and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A mixture was adjusted to be weakly acidic with 1 N hydrochloric acid, a solid was precipitated, and filtration was performed to afford a crude product of intermediate I-31. The intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 255.2.
Reference Example 32: Preparation of Intermediate I-32
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00101
Intermediate I-31 (55 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (58.6 mg, 0.434 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (83.3 mg, 0.434 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.107 mL, 0.651 mmol) and reagent 1 (60.5 mg). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-32. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 515.2.
Reference Example 33: Preparation of Intermediate I-33
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00102
Intermediate I-32 (80 mg, 0.155 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (98.8 mg, 0.233 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-33.
Reference Example 34: Preparation of Intermediate I-34
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00103
Reagent 2 (500 mg, 2.05 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), and 4-fluoro-2-methylbenzonitrile (277 mg, 2.05 mmol) was added successively; when the temperature was reduced to 0° C., 60% sodium hydride (164 mg, 4.1 mmol) was added, and the whole system was conducted under nitrogen; after addition was completed, a system was warmed up to 70° C. and reacted for 2 hours. Water was added for quenching, and ethyl acetate (10 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to afford a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-34. LC-MS (ESI) [M-100+H]+259.2.
Reference Example 35: Preparation of Intermediate I-35
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00104
Intermediate I-34 (120 mg, 0.335 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dioxane (10 mL), a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (15 mL, 3 M) was added, and a reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was purified by beating with ethyl acetate (20 mL); suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was purified by beating with anhydrous acetonitrile (20 mL); the suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-35. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 259.1.
Reference Example 36: Preparation of Intermediate I-36
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00105
Intermediate I-18 (100 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (15 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (114 mg, 0.85 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (163 mg, 0.85 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.28 mmol) and intermediate I-35 (125 mg). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-36. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 476.2.
Reference Example 37: Preparation of Intermediate I-37
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00106
Intermediate I-36 (63 mg, 0.132 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (83.9 mg, 0.198 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-37.
Reference Example 38: Preparation of Intermediate I-38
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00107
At room temperature, methyl 6-chloropyridazine-3-carboxylate (7.00 g, 40.6 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (10.5 mL, 81.1 mmol) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (200 mL). 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine (9.34 g, 81.1 mmol) was added to the above-mentioned mixture. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at 110° C. overnight under argon protection. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-38, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 252.2.
Reference Example 39: Preparation of Intermediate I-39
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00108
At room temperature, intermediate I-38 (10.0 g, 39.8 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) and methanol (50 mL); then, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (3.34 g, 79.6 mmol) in water (30 mL) was added dropwise to the above-mentioned solution. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent, and a residue was adjusted to pH=3 with a aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (2 N). The mixture was separated and purified by chromatography to afford intermediate I-39. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 238.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.79 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 1.70-1.80 (m, 3H), 1.15-1.20 (m, 2H).
Reference Example 40: Preparation of Intermediate I-40
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00109
At room temperature, intermediate I-39 (200 mg, 0.843 mmol) and reagent 1 (266 mg) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). Under the conditions of argon replacement and stirring, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (171 mg, 1.26 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (196 mg, 1.26 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.418 mL, 2.53 mmol) were added to the above-mentioned mixture. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3), and organic phases were dried and filtered. Concentration was performed under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent, and a residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-40. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 498.2.
Reference Example 41: Preparation of Intermediate I-41
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00110
In an ice-water bath, intermediate I-40 (120 mg, 0.241 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL). Under the conditions of argon replacement and stirring, Dess-Martin periodinane (204 mg, 0.482 mmol) was added. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A reaction solution was added with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL) for quenching, and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (50 mL), dried and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-41.
Reference Example 42: Preparation of Intermediate I-42
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00111
A compound of methyl 5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxylate (900 mg, 5.80 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL), followed by addition of compounds of 4-piperidinemethanol (670 mg, 5.82 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (2.87 mL, 17.4 mmol). A reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. After concentration, water (100 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (100 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (100 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a residue. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-42. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 251.0.
Reference Example 43: Preparation of Intermediate I-43
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00112
Intermediate I-42 (300 mg, 1.20 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and water (5 mL/5 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (403 mg, 9.60 mmol) was added. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 18 hours. Most tetrahydrofuran was removed by concentration, a solution was adjusted to have a pH value of about 5 with a 1 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution, and then the solution was separated and purified by chromatography to afford intermediate I-43. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 237.0.
Reference Example 44: Preparation of Intermediate I-44
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00113
At room temperature, intermediate I-43 (260 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (300 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (257 mg, 1.904 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (366 mg, 1.904 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.47 mL, 2.856 mmol). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 48 hours, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-44. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 497.1.
Reference Example 45: Preparation of Intermediate I-45
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00114
Intermediate I-44 (70 mg, 0.141 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (120 mg, 0.282 mmol) was added slowly. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filtrate was quenched with an aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-45.
Reference Example 46: Preparation of Intermediate I-46
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00115
A compound of 5-chloropyrazine-2-carboxylic acid (500 mg, 3.15 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (40 mL), followed by addition of compounds of 4-piperidinemethanol (365 mg, 3.17 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.56 mL, 9.45 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 16 hours. After concentration, water (80 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (100 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (80 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-46. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 238.3.
Reference Example 47: Preparation of Intermediate I-47
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00116
Intermediate I-46 (200 mg, 0.843 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (235 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (227 mg, 1.69 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (323 mg, 1.69 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.42 mL, 2.53 mmol). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 48 hours, diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-47. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 498.2.
Reference Example 48: Preparation of Intermediate I-48
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00117
Intermediate I-47 (120 mg, 0.241 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (204 mg, 0.482 mmol) was added slowly. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filtrate was quenched with an aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-48. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 49: Preparation of Intermediate I-49
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00118
At room temperature, isobenzofuran-1(3H)-one (1.00 g, 7.46 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of chloroform (20 mL) and glacial acetic acid (10 mL); N-bromosuccinimide (1.59 g, 8.95 mmol) was added under stirring and argon protection, and nitrogen replacement was performed again. Under nitrogen protection, a mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 16 hours. A mixture was cooled to room temperature, subsequently poured into water (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was spin-dried. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-49. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.06 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J=8.1, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H).
Reference Example 50: Preparation of Intermediate I-50
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00119
At 25° C., intermediate I-49 (700 mg, 3.29 mmol) was dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (10 mL), followed by addition of N-bromosuccinimide (702 mg, 3.95 mmol) and benzoyl peroxide (79.7 mg, 0.329 mmol). Then, a mixture was reacted at 60° C. for 3 hours, and a reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, added with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent, and then separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-50. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.05 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J=8.2, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H).
Reference Example 51: Preparation of Intermediate I-51
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00120
At 25° C., intermediate I-50 (700 mg, 2.40 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL); then, the temperature was reduced to 0° C., and 85% hydrazine hydrate (600.7 mg) was added. Under nitrogen protection, a reaction mixture was stirred at reflux and reacted for 2 hours. A reaction system was poured into water (10 mL) and filtered. A filter cake was washed with water (10 mL×3) to afford intermediate I-51. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 12.82 (s, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 8.32 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=8.4, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H).
Reference Example 52: Preparation of Intermediate I-52
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00121
At 25° C., intermediate I-51 (400 mg, 1.77 mmol) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (15 mL). N-BOC piperazine (330 mg, 1.77 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (510 mg, 5.31 mmol) were added, and nitrogen was replaced; chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-di-isopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl)(2-amino-1,1′-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(II) (138 mg, 0.177 mmol) were added, and a reaction mixture was stirred at 100° C. overnight. A reaction system was filtered and subsequently concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and a crude product residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-52. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 331.1.
Reference Example 53: Preparation of Intermediate I-53
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00122
At 25° C., intermediate I-52 (400 mg, 1.21 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (8 mL), 60% sodium hydride (96.8 mg, 2.42 mmol) was added, and a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours. 3-bromopiperidine-2,6-dione (464.6 mg, 2.42 mmol) was added dropwise and dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and the mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours; water (20 mL) was poured into a reaction solution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×2) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was spin-dried. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-53. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H-56]+386.1.
Reference Example 54: Preparation of Intermediate I-54
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00123
At 25° C., intermediate I-53 (240 mg, 0.544 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3 mL). A solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (3 mL, 4 M) was added, and a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 1 hour. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was concentrated to afford intermediate I-54. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 342.2.
Reference Example 55: Preparation of Intermediate I-55
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00124
Intermediate I-18 (38.8 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (300 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (25.7 g, 190.4 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (36.56 g, 190.4 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (42.25 mL, 285.6 mmol) and reagent 1 (30.0 g). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-55. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 496.2.
Reference Example 56: Preparation of Intermediate I-56
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00125
Intermediate I-55 (32 g, 64.52 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (200.0 mL), a system was cooled to 0° C., and Dess-Martin periodinane (41 g, 96.77 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (200 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (200 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (200 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-56.
Reference Example 57: Preparation of Intermediate I-57
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00126
2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine (4.42 g, 31.3 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (150 mL); at −60° C., butyllithium (1.6 M) (19.6 mL, 31.3 mmol) was added dropwise. After dropwise addition was completed, a mixture was stirred and reacted at −60° C. for 1 hour under argon protection. At −60° C., a solution of m-bromobenzoic acid (3.00 g, 14.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was added dropwise, and a mixture was stirred and reacted at −60° C. for 1 hour under argon protection. At −60° C., N,N-dimethylformamide (4.36 g, 59.6 mmol) was added dropwise. After dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. At 0° C., a reaction was quenched with water (500 mL), and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×3); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-57. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.99 (dd, J=7.9, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.60 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H).
Reference Example 58: Preparation of Intermediate I-58
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00127
Intermediate I-57 (700 mg, 3.06 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (10.0 mL), and a system was protected with argon and warmed up to 90° C.; 85% hydrazine hydrate (460 mg) was added dropwise, and after dropwise addition was completed, a mixture was stirred and reacted at 90° C. for 4 hours; the temperature was kept at 80° C., and 80° C. preheated hot water (20.0 mL) was slowly added dropwise. After dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was slowly cooled to room temperature, and a solid was precipitated; suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was washed with water (10.0 mL) and dried in vacuo under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-58. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 225.0.
Reference Example 59: Preparation of Intermediate I-59
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00128
Intermediate I-58 (510 mg, 2.27 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dioxane (50.0 mL), followed by addition of tert-butyl piperazine-1-carboxylate (635 mg, 3.41 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (654 mg, 6.81 mmol), chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-di-isopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl)(2-amino-1,1′-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(II) (87.8 mg, 0.227 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 16 hours. A mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-59. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 331.2.
Reference Example 60: Preparation of Intermediate I-60
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00129
Intermediate I-59 (150 mg, 0.454 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dimethyl sulfoxide/tetrahydrofuran (2.00 mL/2.00 mL), and sodium hydride (60%, 90.8 mg, 2.27 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. A solution of 3-bromopiperidine-2,6-dione (174 mg, 0.908 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (0.50 mL) was added dropwise. After dropwise addition was completed, a mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. The mixture was quenched with citric acid (100 mg). The mixture was pour into water (20.0 mL), and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (20.0 mL×3); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-60. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 442.1.
Reference Example 61: Preparation of Intermediate I-61
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00130
Intermediate I-60 (120 mg, 0.272 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2.00 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.50 mL) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was concentrated to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-61. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 342.1.
Reference Example 62: Preparation of Intermediate I-62
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00131
In an ice-water bath, trans-4-Boc-aminocyclohexanol (5.00 g, 23.2 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (100 mL); under nitrogen protection and stirring, sodium hydride (1.11 g, 27.9 mmol, 60% mass fraction) was added. After a reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour in an ice-water bath, 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzonitrile (3.65 g, 23.5 mmol) was added. After addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3), and organic phases were dried and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford a white solid of intermediate I-62. LC-MS (ESI) [M-56+H]+ 295.1.
Reference Example 63: Preparation of Intermediate I-63
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00132
At room temperature, intermediate I-62 (6.00 g, 17.1 mmol) was dissolved in a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (100 mL, 4 M). After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-63, and the crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 251.2.
Reference Example 64: Preparation of Intermediate I-64
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00133
Intermediate I-18 (1.40 g, 5.95 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (1.21 g, 8.93 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (1.71 g, 8.93 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2.31 g, 17.9 mmol) and intermediate I-63 (1.71 g). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (15 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-64. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 468.1.
Reference Example 65: Preparation of Intermediate I-65
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00134
Intermediate I-64 (100 mg, 0.214 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10.0 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (181 mg, 0.428 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10.0 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10.0 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-65. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
Reference Example 66: Preparation of Intermediate I-66
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00135
Intermediate I-63 (700 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of intermediate I-13 (578 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (660 mg, 4.89 mmol), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (940 mg, 4.90 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.2 mL, 7.32 mmol). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 4 hours, diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (50 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-66. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 470.0.
Reference Example 67: Preparation of Intermediate I-67
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00136
Intermediate I-66 (150 mg, 0.319 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL), and then 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (270 mg, 0.964 mmol) was added slowly. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction was quenched with an aqueous solution (30 mL), and ethyl acetate (30 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a residue. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-67.
Reference Example 68: Preparation of Intermediate I-68
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00137
Methyl p-fluorobenzoate (5.00 g, 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by successive addition of 3-azetidinemethanol hydrochloride (4.81 g, 38.9 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (11.2 g, 81.1 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 16 hours. A mixture was cooled to room temperature, water (20.0 mL) was added, and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (20.0 mL×3); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-68. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 222.2.
Reference Example 69: Preparation of Intermediate I-69
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00138
Intermediate I-68 (200 mg, 0.904 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (5.00 mL); then, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (190 mg, 4.52 mmol) was dissolved in water (5.00 mL) and added dropwise to a reaction; a reaction system was protected with argon and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A mixture was adjusted to be weakly acidic with 1 N hydrochloric acid, a solid was precipitated, and filtration was performed to afford a crude product of intermediate I-69. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 208.0.
Reference Example 70: Preparation of Intermediate I-70
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00139
Intermediate I-69 (160 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (209 mg, 1.546 mmol), 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (297 mg, 1.546 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.380 mL, 2.17 mmol) and intermediate I-63 (194 mg, 0.773 mmol). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (2 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-70. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 440.0.
Reference Example 71: Preparation of Intermediate I-71
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00140
Intermediate I-70 (100 mg, 0.227 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10.0 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (193 mg, 0.454 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10.0 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10.0 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-71.
Reference Example 72: Preparation of Intermediate I-72
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00141
3-hydroxymethylpyrrole hydrochloride (1.20 g, 8.72 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by addition of methyl p-fluorobenzoate (1.48 g, 9.59 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (3.62 g, 26.2 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 120° C. for 16 hours. A reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, water (100 mL) was added, and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (50.0 mL×3); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-72. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 236.2.
Reference Example 73: Preparation of Intermediate I-73
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00142
Intermediate I-72 (400 mg, 1.70 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran/methanol (2.00 mL/2.00 mL), and a solution of sodium hydroxide (204 mg, 5.10 mmol) in water (2.00 mL) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 70° C. for 4 hours. A system was adjusted to have pH=6.0 with dilute hydrochloric acid (1 N), and a large amount of solid was precipitated; suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-73. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 222.2.
Reference Example 74: Preparation of Intermediate I-74
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00143
Intermediate I-73 (350 mg, 1.58 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by addition of reagent 1 (599 mg), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (454 mg, 2.37 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (320 mg, 2.37 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (613 mg, 4.74 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was poured into water (100 mL), a solid was precipitated, and suction filtration was performed; the solid was dried, and washed with ethyl acetate (25 mL) by beating, the suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-74. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 482.3.
Reference Example 75: Preparation of Intermediate I-75
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00144
Intermediate I-74 (150 mg, 0.311 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (20.0 mL); at 0° C., Dess-Martin periodinane (198 mg, 0.467 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 20° C. for 16 hours. A mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50.0 mL), and washed with water (20.0 mL×2); organic phases were separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-75. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 480.1.
Reference Example 76: Preparation of Intermediate I-76
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00145
Intermediate I-5 (230 mg) was dissolved in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (10.0 mL), followed by addition of tert-butyl 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2-carboxylate (198 mg, 1.00 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (324 mg, 2.51 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 140° C. for 24 hours. A reaction solution was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water (50.0 mL), and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (20.0 mL×3); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-76. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 454.1.
Reference Example 77: Preparation of Intermediate I-77
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00146
Intermediate I-76 (234 mg, 0.516 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3.00 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1.00 mL) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was loaded as a sample by a wet process, and separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-77. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 354.1.
Reference Example 78: Preparation of Intermediate I-78
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00147
Intermediate I-5 (200 mg), (R)-1-Boc-3-methylpiperazine (729 mg, 3.64 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2 mL) were mixed in dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 130° C. for 3 days. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and subsequently poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). Organic phases were combined, washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-78. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 456.1.
Reference Example 79: Preparation of Intermediate I-79
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00148
Intermediate I-78 (50.0 mg, 0.110 mmol) was mixed in dichloromethane (2 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature under stirring. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 1 hour. A solvent was removed from the mixture under reduced pressure. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-79. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 356.1.
Reference Example 80: Preparation of Intermediate I-80
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00149
Intermediate I-5 (200 mg), (S)-1-Boc-3-methylpiperazine (729 mg, 3.64 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (2 mL) were mixed in dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 130° C. for 3 days. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and subsequently poured into water (100 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2). Organic phases were combined, washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-80. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 456.1.
Reference Example 81: Preparation of Intermediate I-81
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00150
Intermediate I-80 (30.0 mg, 0.0659 mmol) was mixed in dichloromethane (2 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added dropwise at room temperature under stirring. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 1 hour. A solvent was removed from the mixture under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-81, and a crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 356.1.
Reference Example 82: Preparation of Intermediate I-82
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00151
Intermediate I-69 (150 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (147 mg, 1.09 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (208 mg, 1.09 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.400 mL, 2.17 mmol) and reagent 1 (202 mg). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed three times with ethyl acetate (2 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-82.
Reference Example 83: Preparation of Intermediate I-83
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00152
Intermediate I-82 (200 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10.0 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (274 mg, 0.645 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10.0 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10.0 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-83. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 84: Preparation of Intermediate I-84
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00153
At room temperature, (R)-1-BOC-3-hydroxymethylpyrrolidine (1.60 g, 8.00 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (2.00 mL); subsequently, a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (20.0 mL, 4 M) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated to afford a crude product of intermediate I-84. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
Reference Example 85: Preparation of Intermediate I-85
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00154
At room temperature, ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (500 mg, 2.68 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (8.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-84 (406 mg) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.33 mL, 8.04 mmol); a reaction solution was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours. Water (10.0 mL) was added, and ethyl acetate (10 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration and concentration were performed to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-85. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 252.2.
Reference Example 86: Preparation of Intermediate I-86
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00155
At room temperature, intermediate I-85 (520 mg, 2.06 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (8.00 mL) and water (2.00 mL); subsequently, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (433 mg, 10.3 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. Water (6.00 mL) was added first, and then ethyl acetate (5.00 mL) was used for extraction; an aqueous phase was adjusted to have pH of 1.0 with 2 N dilute hydrochloric acid, and then ethyl acetate (10 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated to dryness to afford intermediate I-86. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 224.1.
Reference Example 87: Preparation of Intermediate I-87
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00156
At room temperature, intermediate I-86 (200 mg, 0.897 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (5.00 mL), followed by addition of N,N-diisopropylethylamine (347 mg, 2.69 mmol), reagent 1 (283 mg, 0.897 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (242 mg, 1.79 mmol) and 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (344 mg, 1.79 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature for 1 hour. Water (10.0 mL) was added first, and a large amount of solid was precipitated; filtration was performed, and a filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated, combined with a filter residue obtained just now, and spin-dried to afford intermediate I-87. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 484.1.
Reference Example 88: Preparation of Intermediate I-88
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00157
At room temperature, intermediate I-87 (150 mg, 0.310 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5.00 mL); subsequently, 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (434 mg, 1.55 mmol) was added, argon replacement was performed three times, and stirring was performed at 80° C. for 30 minutes. A mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (10.0 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-88. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 89: Preparation of Intermediate I-89
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00158
(S)-1-BOC-3-hydroxymethylpyrrolidine (1.0 g, 4.97 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dioxane (10 mL), and a solution of hydrogen chloride in dioxane (15 mL, 4 M) was added; a reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was purified by beating with ethyl acetate (20 mL); suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was purified by beating with anhydrous acetonitrile (20 mL); the suction filtration was performed, and the filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-89. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 102.4.
Reference Example 90: Preparation of Intermediate I-90
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00159
Intermediate I-89 (500 mg, 3.61 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (670 mg, 3.61 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.78 mL, 10.8 mmol); after argon replacement at room temperature for 3 times, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 50° C. for 3 hours under argon protection. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, liquid separation was performed, and organic phases were concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. A residue was added with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated to dryness. The residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-90. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 252.0.
Reference Example 91: Preparation of Intermediate I-91
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00160
Intermediate I-90 (700 mg, 2.79 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (10 mL); then, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (583 mg, 13.9 mmol) was dissolved in water (10.00 mL) and added dropwise to a reaction solution, and a reaction system was protected with argon and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A mixture was adjusted to be weakly acidic with 1 N hydrochloric acid, a solid was precipitated, and filtration was performed to afford a crude product of intermediate I-91. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 224.1.
Reference Example 92: Preparation of Intermediate I-92
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00161
Intermediate I-91 (200 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (242 mg, 1.794 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (344 mg, 1.794 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.4 mL, 2.69 mmol) and reagent 1 (245 mg). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (5 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-92. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 484.0.
Reference Example 93: Preparation of Intermediate I-93
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00162
Intermediate I-92 (150 mg, 0.31 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (10 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (197 mg, 0.465 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-93.
Reference Example 94: Preparation of Intermediate I-94
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00163
At 0° C., sodium hydride (mass fraction 60%) (438 mg, 11.0 mmol) was added to tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), and argon was replaced; after stirring at 0° C. for 5 minutes, a solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (2.66 g, 11.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was slowly added dropwise, and a reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes; then, a solution of N-Cbz-3-pyrrolidone (2.00 g, 9.13 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was slowly added dropwise; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. After a reaction was completed, water (30 mL) was added for dilution, concentration was performed under reduced pressure, and a residual solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×3); organic phases were combined, washed with water (30 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-94. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 290.2.
Reference Example 95: Preparation of Intermediate I-95
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00164
At room temperature, intermediate I-94 (1.84 g, 6.37 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL), palladium/carbon (mass fraction 10%) (1.35 g, 1.27 mmol) was added, and after addition was completed, hydrogen was replaced, and a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was filtered through diatomite, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-95. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.09-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.40 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 3H), 2.93-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.20 (m, 3H), 1.95-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.18 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3H).
Reference Example 96: Preparation of Intermediate I-96
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00165
Intermediate I-95 (900 mg, 5.73 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), and argon was replaced; at 0° C., lithium aluminum hydride (435 mg, 11.5 mmol) was slowly added in portions; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 0° C. for 2 hours. After a reaction was completed, water (0.9 mL) was added and stirred for 5 minutes; then, anhydrous sodium sulfate was added under stirring, filtration was performed with diatomite, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-96. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 116.1.
Reference Example 97: Preparation of Intermediate I-97
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00166
At room temperature, ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (730 mg, 3.9 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-96 (450 mg) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.5 g, 11.7 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 50° C. for 2 hours. After a reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was concentrated, and separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-97. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 266.0.
Reference Example 98: Preparation of Intermediate I-98
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00167
At room temperature, intermediate I-97 (170 mg, 0.64 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (134 mg, 3.2 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was adjusted to have pH=5-6 with a 1 N hydrochloric acid solution, subsequently diluted with saturated saline (10 mL), and extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL×5); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-98. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 238.1.
Reference Example 99: Preparation of Intermediate I-99
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00168
At room temperature, intermediate I-98 (120 mg, 0.51 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (142 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (138 mg, 1.02 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (196 mg, 1.02 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (197 mg, 1.53 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 4 hours. After a reaction was completed, water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-99. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 498.1.
Reference Example 100: Preparation of Intermediate I-100
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00169
At room temperature, intermediate I-99 (80 mg, 0.16 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), and 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (224 mg, 0.80 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 30 minutes. After a reaction was completed, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-100. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 101: Preparation of Intermediate I-101
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00170
At room temperature, ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (200 mg, 1.07 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), followed by addition of 4-piperidineethanol (165 mg, 1.28 mmol) and N, N-diisopropylethylamine (414 g, 3.21 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 50° C. for 2 hours. After a reaction was completed, water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-101. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 280.1.
Reference Example 102: Preparation of Intermediate I-102
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00171
At room temperature, intermediate I-101 (240 mg, 0.86 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (181 mg, 4.3 mmol) in water (1 mL) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. After a reaction was completed, a reaction solution was adjusted to have pH=5-6 with a 1 N hydrochloric acid solution and filtered, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-102. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 252.1.
Reference Example 103: Preparation of Intermediate I-103
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00172
At room temperature, intermediate I-102 (140 mg, 0.56 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (156 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (157 mg, 1.12 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (215 mg, 1.12 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (217 mg, 1.68 mmol); after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 4 hours. After a reaction was completed, water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-103. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 512.3.
Reference Example 104: Preparation of Intermediate I-104
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00173
At 0° C., intermediate I-103 (60 mg, 0.12 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and Dess-Martin periodinane (102 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added; a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. After a reaction was completed, a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); organic phases were combined, and washed successively with a saturated sodium sulfite solution (10 mL×2), a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL×3) and water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-104. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 105: Preparation of Intermediate I-105
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00174
At room temperature, hydroxylamine hydrochloride (8.69 g, 125 mmol) was dissolved in water (130 mL), and anhydrous sodium acetate (13.6 g, 166 mmol) was added; a mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes, and ethyl p-cyclohexanone formate was added dropwise (13.0 g, 83.2 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at 45° C. for 16 hours. A reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×2); organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-105. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 186.1.
Reference Example 106: Preparation of Intermediate I-106
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00175
At room temperature, intermediate I-105 (11.2 g, 60.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous pyridine (50.0 mL), a reaction system was protected with argon and cooled to −15° C., and 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride (17.3 g, 90.8 mmol) was added. A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at −15° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was poured into ice water, and a solid was precipitated; after stirring at 5° C. for 20 minutes, suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-106. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 340.2.
Reference Example 107: Preparation of Intermediate I-107
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00176
At room temperature, intermediate I-106 (12.5 g, 36.8 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (30.0 mL), and a reaction system was protected with argon and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. Concentration was performed under reduced pressure to remove glacial acetic acid, a residue was added with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (40.0 mL) and stirred for 15 minutes, and a product was extracted with ethyl acetate (30.0 mL×3). Organic phases were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, suction filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-107. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 186.2.
Reference Example 108: Preparation of Intermediate I-108
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00177
Lithium aluminum hydride (2.56 g, 67.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (100 mL); at 0° C., a solution of intermediate I-107 (2.50 g, 13.5 mmol) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (20.0 mL) was added dropwise. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Then, the temperature was raised to 60° C., and a reaction was stirred for 4 hours. A mixture was cooled to room temperature; at 0° C., sodium sulfate decahydrate (10.0 g) was added, and a reaction was stirred for 0.5 hour. Suction filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford intermediate I-108. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 130.1.
Reference Example 109: Preparation of Intermediate I-109
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00178
At room temperature, intermediate I-108 (560 mg, 4.33 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (50.0 mL), followed by addition of ethyl 2-chloropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (970 mg, 5.20 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.68 g, 13.0 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-109. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 280.2.
Reference Example 110: Preparation of Intermediate I-110
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00179
At room temperature, intermediate I-109 (240 mg, 0.860 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran/methanol (3.00 mL/3.00 mL), and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (114 mg, 2.72 mmol) in water (3.00 mL) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was adjusted to have system pH of 6.0 with 1 N hydrochloric acid, and a solid was precipitated; suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried to afford intermediate I-110. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 252.2.
Reference Example 111: Preparation of Intermediate I-111
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00180
At room temperature, intermediate I-110 (180 mg, 0.716 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide (20.0 mL), followed by addition of reagent 1 (293 mg), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (274 mg, 1.43 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (193 mg, 1.43 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (370 mg, 2.86 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A mixture was separated and purified by column chromatography (C18, acetonitrile/water=0-70%) to afford intermediate I-111. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 512.2.
Reference Example 112: Preparation of Intermediate I-112
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00181
Intermediate I-111 (200 mg, 0.391 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (20.0 mL); at 0° C., Dess-Martin periodinane (249 mg, 0.587 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. A mixture was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-112. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 510.1.
Reference Example 113: Preparation of Intermediate I-113
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00182
At room temperature, 2-chloro-3-fluoro-5-methylpyridine (1.00 g, 6.87 mmol) was added to water (5.00 mL), followed by addition of potassium permanganate (2.17 g, 13.7 mmol) and pyridine (5.52 mL, 68.7 mmol). After stirring at 100° C. for 1 hour, potassium permanganate (4.34 g, 27.4 mmol) was added, followed by stirring at 100° C. overnight. Water (10.0 mL) was added, and ethyl acetate (20.0 mL×2) was used for extraction; an aqueous phase was adjusted to have pH of about 2.0 with 2 N dilute hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate (20.0 mL×2); the combined organic phases were washed with saturated saline (20 mL) and concentrated to afford a crude product of intermediate I-113. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [2M−H] 349.0.
Reference Example 114: Preparation of Intermediate I-114
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00183
At room temperature, intermediate I-113 (650 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (10.0 mL) and cooled to 0° C. in an ice-water bath; thionyl chloride (0.676 mL, 9.26 mmol) was slowly added by an injector, the temperature was slowly raised to room temperature, and then heating at reflux was performed and reacted for 4 hours. Concentration was performed, and a residual solution was added with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10.0 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30.0 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and concentration was performed to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-114. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 204.1.
Reference Example 115: Preparation of Intermediate I-115
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00184
At room temperature, intermediate I-114 (340 mg, 1.67 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (10.0 mL), followed by addition of 4-hydroxymethylpiperidine (192 mg, 1.67 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (646 mg, 5.01 mmol); stirring was performed at 50° C. overnight. A reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, first added with water (10.0 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-115. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 283.1.
Reference Example 116: Preparation of Intermediate I-116
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00185
At room temperature, intermediate I-115 (340 mg, 1.20 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran (5.00 mL) and water (1.00 mL), followed by addition of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (252 mg, 6.00 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature overnight. Water (5.00 mL) was added first, and then ethyl acetate (3.00 mL) was used for washing; an aqueous phase was adjusted to have pH of 2.0 with 2 N dilute hydrochloric acid, and then extracted with ethyl acetate (8 mL×2); extract liquors were combined, washed with saturated saline (5.00 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford a crude product of intermediate I-116. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 255.1.
Reference Example 117: Preparation of Intermediate I-117
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00186
Intermediate I-116 (130 mg) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (138 mg, 1.02 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (196 mg, 1.02 mmol), N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.3 mL, 1.53 mmol) and reagent 1 (142 mg). A reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, and a filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate (2 mL×3) and dried to afford intermediate I-117. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 515.0.
Reference Example 118: Preparation of Intermediate I-118
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00187
Intermediate I-117 (100 mg, 0.194 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (15.0 mL), and a system was cooled to 0° C. and added with Dess-Martin periodinane (123 mg, 0.291 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (20.0 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (15.0 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product of intermediate I-118. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without purification.
Reference Example 119: Preparation of Intermediate I-119
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00188
Methyl 5-bromopyridine-2-carboxylate (10.0 g, 46.3 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous toluene (200 mL), followed by successive addition of 4-piperidinemethanol (10.7 g, 92.6 mmol), anhydrous potassium carbonate (19.2 g, 139 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (848 mg, 0.926 mmol) and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,6′-diisopropoxy-1,1′-biphenyl (864 mg, 1.85 mmol); a mixture under argon protection was stirred and reacted at 100° C. for 16 hours. A mixture was cooled, and suction filtration was performed; a filter cake was washed with dichloromethane (100 mL), and a filtrate was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-119. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 251.2.
Reference Example 120: Preparation of Intermediate I-120
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00189
Intermediate I-119 (300 mg, 1.20 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (30.0 mL), N-bromosuccinimide (214 mg, 1.20 mmol) was added, and a system under nitrogen protection was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was concentrated, and separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-120.
Reference Example 121: Preparation of Intermediate I-121
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00190
Intermediate I-120 (220 mg, 0.668 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous dimethyl sulfoxide (10.0 mL) and potassium fluoride (116 mg, 2.00 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon and stirred and reacted at 150° C. for 3 days. A mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and separated and purified by a preparative high performance liquid phase (a formic acid condition) to afford intermediate I-121. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 255.2.
Reference Example 122: Preparation of Intermediate I-122
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00191
At room temperature, intermediate I-121 (35 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in a N,N-dimethylformamide (5 mL) solution, followed by successive addition of reagent 1 (39 mg), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (38 mg, 0.28 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (54 mg, 0.28 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (54 mg, 0.42 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. Water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-122. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 515.0.
Reference Example 123: Preparation of Intermediate I-123
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00192
At room temperature, intermediate I-122 (30 mg, 0.058 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (5 mL), and 2-iodoxybenzoic acid (81 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at 80° C. for 1 hour. Water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (20 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with water (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude product of intermediate I-123. The crude product was directly used in the next reaction without further purification.
Reference Example 124: Preparation of Intermediate I-124
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00193
At 25° C., 4-bromophthalic anhydride (20.0 g, 88.1 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (200 mL); the temperature was raised to 120° C., and stirring was performed for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, hydrazine hydrate (4.85 g, 96.9 mmol) was added dropwise to generate a large amount of white solids; the temperature was raised to 120° C. to react for 1 hour. The temperature was reduced to room temperature by cooling; filtration was performed, and a filter cake was rinsed with water (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (200 mL) respectively. A filter cake was collected and dried to afford intermediate I-124. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 243.0.
Reference Example 125: Preparation of Intermediate I-125
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00194
At 25° C., 1-124 (16.2 g, 67.2 mmol) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (100 mL); the temperature was raised to 100° C. to react for 3 hours. After cooling, spin-drying was performed to afford a crude product, the crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 mL) and added to water (200 mL), and a white solid was precipitated. A filter cake was obtained by filtering, rinsed with ethyl acetate (200 mL), and dried. Organic phases were separated from a filtrate, washed with water (100 mL) and saturated saline (100 mL) respectively, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The filter cake and the organic phases were combined, and the resulting residue was concentrated to afford intermediate I-125. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 277.0.
Reference Example 126: Preparation of Intermediate I-126
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00195
At 25° C., 1-125 (8.00 g, 28.8 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (100 mL), followed by addition of potassium fluoride (8.36 g, 143.9 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (3.04 g, 11.5 mmol); the temperature was raised to 120° C. to react for 16 hours. Water (200 mL) was added after cooling. The above-mentioned reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography to afford intermediate I-126. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 247.0.
Reference Example 127: Preparation of Intermediate I-127
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00196
At 25° C., 1-126 (1.50 g, 6.12 mmol) was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (25 mL) and water (5 mL), and the temperature was raised to 100° C. to react for 5 hours. After cooling, a reaction solution was added with water (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-127. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 245.0.
Reference Example 128: Preparation of Intermediate I-128
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00197
At 25° C., to a solution of 1-127 (1.30 g, 5.35 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (20 mL) was successively added N-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazine (1.50 g, 8.03 mmol), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (494.49 mg, 0.54 mmol), 1,1′-binaphthyl-2,2′-diphenyl phosphine (666.28 mg, 1.07 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (1.29 g, 13.38 mmol). The temperature was raised to 85° C. to react for 2 hours. After cooling, the above-mentioned reaction solution was added with water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-128. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 349.2.
Reference Example 129: Preparation of Intermediate I-129
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00198
At 25° C., 1-128 (330 mg, 0.95 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL); the above-mentioned solution was successively added with 3-bromo-2,6-piperidinedione (364 mg, 1.89 mmol), sodium hydride (75.8 mg, 1.89 mmol, 60%) and potassium iodide (314 mg, 1.89 mmol), and warmed up to 60° C. and reacted for 3 hours. After cooling, the above-mentioned reaction solution was added with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (20 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-129. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 460.2.
Reference Example 130: Preparation of Intermediate I-130
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00199
At 25° C., to a solution of 1-129 (220 mg, 0.48 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL), followed by stirring for 1 hour. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-130. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 360.2.
Reference Example 131: Preparation of Intermediate I-131
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00200
Intermediate I-4 (22.0 g, 134 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMSO (500 mL), followed by successive addition of 1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazine (37.4 g, 201 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (52.0 g, 402 mmol); a reaction system under argon protection was warmed up to 140° C. and stirred for 24 hours. A mixture was cooled to room temperature and subsequently poured into water (1000 mL), and a large amount of solids was precipitated; suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was collected and purified by beating with ethyl acetate (300 mL) for 16 hours. The suction filtration was performed, and the filter cake was dried to afford intermediate compound 1-131. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 331.1.
Reference Example 132: Preparation of Intermediate I-132
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00201
I-131 (5.00 g, 15.15 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.18 g, 30.30 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (300 mL); benzyltrimethylammonium tribromide (11.78 g, 30.30 mmol) was added at room temperature, and a reaction was stirred at 40° C. for 48 hours. After cooling to room temperature, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, and ethyl acetate (30 mL×2) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent. A residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-132. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 409.2.
Reference Example 133: Preparation of Intermediate I-133
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00202
At 0° C., 1-132 (600 mg, 1.47 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (50 mL), and sodium hydride (294 mg, 7.35 mmol, 60%) was added; after stirring at 0° C. for 30 minutes, 3-bromo-2,6-piperidinedione (422 mg, 2.20 mmol) and potassium iodide (200 mg) were added, and a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent. A residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-133. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 520.2.
Reference Example 134: Preparation of Intermediate I-134
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00203
I-134 (134 mg, 0.26 mmol), potassium cyclopropylfluoroborate (114 mg, 0.78 mmol), 1,1′-bisdiphenylphosphinoferrocene palladium dichloride (19.0 mg, 0.026 mmol) and potassium carbonate (106.6 mg, 0.78 mmol) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane/water (10 mL/1 mL), and a reaction solution had a microwave reaction at 100° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent. A residue was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-134. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 482.2.
Reference Example 135: Preparation of Intermediate I-135
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00204
At room temperature, 1-134 (80.00 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added, and a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Concentration was performed under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford intermediate compound 1-135, and the compound was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 382.2.
Reference Example 136: Preparation of Intermediate I-136
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00205
At room temperature, 1-132 (1.00 g, 2.44 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (15 mL), cuprous cyanide (656 mg, 7.33 mmol) was added, and a microwave reaction was performed at 140° C. for 16 hours. A reaction solution was filtered, a filter cake was rinsed with ethyl acetate (100 mL), and a filtrate was collected. The filtrate was washed with water (100 mL) and saturated saline (100 mL) respectively, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford intermediate I-136. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 356.2.
Reference Example 137: Preparation of Intermediate I-137
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00206
At room temperature, 1-136 (550 mg, 1.55 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL), followed by successive addition of sodium hydride (124 mg, 3.10 mmol, 60%), potassium iodide (514 mg, 3.10 mmol), 3-bromo-2,6-piperidinedione (594 mg, 3.10 mmol); stirring was performed at 60° C. for 3 hours. A reaction solution was added with a saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford intermediate I-137. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 467.2.
Reference Example 138: Preparation of Intermediate I-138
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00207
At room temperature, 1-137 (200 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added, followed by stirring for 1 hour. Concentration was performed directly under reduced pressure to afford intermediate I-138, and the intermediate was directly used in the next reaction without purification. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 367.2.
Reference Example 139: Preparation of Intermediate I-139
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00208
At room temperature, 4-fluorophthalic anhydride (4.00 g, 24.1 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL), and then sulfuric acid (2 mL) was added; a reaction was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL), adjusted to have PH greater than 7 with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product; the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-139. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 241.2.
Reference Example 140: Preparation of Intermediate I-140
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00209
At 0° C., 1-139 (3.50 g, 14.6 mmol) and cesium fluoride (110.65 mg, 0.73 mmol) were added to ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (50 mL); at 0° C., (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (2.48 g, 17.5 mmol) was added; a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-140. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 265.0.
Reference Example 141: Preparation of Intermediate I-141
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00210
At room temperature, 1-140 (2.00 g, 7.57 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL), hydrazine hydrate (758 mg, 15.1 mmol) was added, and a reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 5 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-140. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 233.0.
Reference Example 142: Preparation of Intermediate I-142
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00211
At room temperature, I-141 (410 mg, 1.77 mmol), 1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazine (493 mg, 2.64 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (460 mg, 3.54 mmol) were dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide (10 mL); a reaction was stirred at 140° C. for 16 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL×3); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-142. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 399.2.
Reference Example 143: Preparation of Intermediate I-143
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00212
At 0° C., I-142 (444 mg, 1.11 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (30 mL), and sodium hydride (222 mg, 5.55 mmol, 60%) was added; after stirring at 0° C. for 30 minutes, 3-bromo-2,6-piperidinedione (320 mg, 1.66 mmol) and potassium iodide (100 mg) were added, and a reaction was stirred at 70° C. for 24 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford intermediate I-143. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 510.2.
Reference Example 144: Preparation of Intermediate I-144
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00213
At room temperature, I-143 (234 mg, 0.46 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (5 mL) was added, and a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford crude product I-144. The crude product directly was used in the next reaction without purification. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 410.2.
Preparation of Embodiments Embodiment 1: Preparation of Compound 1
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00214
Intermediate I-11 (19 mg), reagent 1 (19 mg) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (22.0 mg, 0.17 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (4.00 mL), and 2-(7-azabenzotriazol yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (19 mg, 0.051 mmol) was added. A reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight under nitrogen protection. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue, and the residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 1. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ m/z=819.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.99 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.30-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.04-6.90 (m, 3H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.1, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 4H), 2.99-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.80 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.52 (m, 6H), 2.22 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.25-1.20 (m, 8H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 2: Preparation of Compound 2
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00215
At room temperature, intermediate I-15 (100 mg, 0.201 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (4.00 mL) and methanol (1.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (50.0 mg), sodium acetate (60.0 mg, 0.735 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (93.0 mg, 0.441 mmol). After addition was completed, a reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. Dichloromethane (10.0 mL) was added for dilution, and then a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10.0 mL) was added; organic phases were separated, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×2); the organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10.0 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue, and the residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 2. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 821.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.70 (s, 2H), 8.25 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 4.87 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 1H), 3.51-3.34 (m, 4H), 2.95 (dd, J=27.0, 16.0 Hz, 3H), 2.78 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 2H), 2.61 (s, 4H), 2.29 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.92 (d, J=11.3 Hz, 4H), 1.25 (s, 6H), 1.21 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 3: Preparation of Compound 3
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00216
Intermediate I-20 (90 mg, 0.170 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane and methanol (10 mL/10 mL), and intermediate I-7 (58 mg, 0.170 mmol) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (108 mg, 0.510 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. After concentration, water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (20 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 3. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 853.3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.54-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.23 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (s, 1H), 4.08 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 6H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.80 (t, J=11.8 Hz, 2H), 2.64-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.53 (d, J=4.7 Hz, 3H), 2.22 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.82 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 3H), 1.23 (s, 6H), 1.19 (s, 2H), 1.14 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 4: Preparation of Compound 4
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00217
Intermediate I-24 (100 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane and methanol (5 mL/1 mL), followed by successive addition of intermediate I-7 (68 mg) and sodium acetate (49 mg, 0.60 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (127 mg, 0.60 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. Water (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and organic phases were extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); the organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 4. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 820.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.62 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.88 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=9.1, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=11.9, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 2H), 4.30 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (s, 4H), 2.92 (t, J=12.5 Hz, 3H), 2.65-2.51 (m, 6H), 2.21 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.77 (m, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.12 (s, 6H), 1.08 (s, 2H).
Embodiment 5: Preparation of Compound 5
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00218
Intermediate I-28 (110 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane and methanol (5 mL/1 mL), followed by successive addition of intermediate I-7 (74 mg) and sodium acetate (53 mg, 0.65 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (137 mg, 0.65 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. Water (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and organic phases were extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); the organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 5. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 837.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.50 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.09 (t, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.58-3.43 (m, 8H), 3.00-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.76 (t, J=11.1 Hz, 2H), 2.69-2.58 (m, 2H), 2.26 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.08 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 1.90-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.30 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 6: Preparation of Compound 6
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00219
Intermediate I-33 (50 mg, 0.097 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane and methanol (5 mL/5 mL), and intermediate I-7 (33.1 mg, 0.097 mmol) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (61.7 mg, 0.291 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A mixture was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 6. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 838.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J=9.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J=10.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (dd, J=8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d, J=12.7 Hz, 3H), 3.94 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.46 (s, 5H), 2.93 (ddd, J=18.3, 16.4, 8.7 Hz, 3H), 2.68-2.54 (m, 3H), 2.21 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.76 (m, 3H), 1.24 (t, J=13.1 Hz, 2H), 1.19 (s, 6H), 1.12 (s, 6H), 1.10-1.02 (m, 2H).
Embodiment 7: Preparation of Compound 7
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00220
Intermediate I-37 (60 mg, 0.127 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane and methanol (5 mL/5 mL), and intermediate I-7 (43.3 mg) was added successively; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (80.7 mg, 0.381 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A mixture was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography to afford target compound 7. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 799.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=16.6, 8.7 Hz, 3H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J=11.3, 5.5 Hz, 3H), 6.82 (dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (d, J=31.4 Hz, 4H), 2.96-2.75 (m, 3H), 2.66-2.53 (m, 4H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.22 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.12-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.82 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 3H), 1.27 (d, J=29.8 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 8: Preparation of Compound 8
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00221
At room temperature, intermediate I-41 (100 mg, 0.202 mmol), intermediate I-7 (68.6 mg, 0.202 mmol) and sodium acetate (82.7 mg, 1.01 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and methanol (1 mL). Under the conditions of argon protection and stirring, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (128 mg, 0.605 mmol) was added. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, a residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure, and a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 8 (containing monomolecular formate). LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 821.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.27-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.57-4.43 (m, 3H), 4.01 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (s, 4H), 3.05 (t, J=12.0 Hz, 3H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.52 (m, 6H), 2.23 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.13-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.86 (d, J=12.1 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.14 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 9: Preparation of Compound 9
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00222
Intermediate I-45 (50 mg, 0.101 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane and methanol (5 mL/5 mL), and intermediate I-7 (34.5 mg) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (64 mg, 0.303 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. After concentration, water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (20 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 9. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 820.3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.34 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=17.5, 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.54-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J=8.9, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J=8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (dd, J=11.9, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 3.95 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 3H), 3.44 (s, 6H), 2.97-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.67-2.53 (m, 4H), 2.22 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.83 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 1.20 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 10: Preparation of Compound 10
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00223
Intermediate I-48 (120 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane and methanol (5 mL/5 mL), and intermediate I-7 (82 mg) was added; a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and subsequently, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (102 mg, 0.481 mmol) was added; then, the mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. After concentration, water (20 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (20 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 10. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 821.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.61 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (d, J=13.0 Hz, 2H), 4.43 (s, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.43 (s, 6H), 3.09-2.87 (m, 4H), 2.65-2.52 (m, 5H), 2.22 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.79 (m, 3H), 1.19 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 11: Preparation of Compound 11
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00224
At 25° C., intermediate I-56 (80 mg, 0.162 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL). Intermediate I-54 (61.2 mg), sodium acetate (13.3 mg, 0.162 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (34.3 mg, 0.162 mmol) were added, and a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A reaction system was concentrated, a residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL) and filtered; a filtrate was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 11. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 819.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (dd, J=9.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.76 (dd, J=12.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 4H), 2.98-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.80 (t, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 2.69-2.52 (m, 6H), 2.23 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.14-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.28-1.18 (m, 8H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 12: Preparation of Compound 12
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00225
Intermediate I-56 (89.4 mg, 0.181 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane/methanol (10.0 mL/2.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-61 (80.0 mg), anhydrous sodium acetate (74.2 mg, 0.905 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (76.7 mg, 0.362 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was used for dilution, and water (20.0 mL×2) was used for washing; organic phases were separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 12. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 819.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.05 (s, 1H), 8.43 (s, 1H), 7.91 (dd, J=8.2, 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.80 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.94 (m, 3H), 5.80 (dd, J=11.9, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (s, 4H), 3.01-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.79 (t, J=11.7 Hz, 3H), 2.69-2.54 (m, 6H), 2.27 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.17-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.82 (d, J=12.3 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 13: Preparation of Compound 13
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00226
Intermediate I-65 (80.0 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane/methanol (5.00 mL/5.00 mL), and intermediate I-7 (58.8 mg) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (109 mg, 0.516 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A mixture was washed with water (15.0 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 13. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 791.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J=28.8, 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.75 (dd, J=11.7, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (s, 1H), 3.89-3.60 (m, 7H), 2.97-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.77 (t, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 2.66-2.52 (m, 5H), 2.16 (dd, J=45.6, 7.3 Hz, 5H), 1.93-1.74 (m, 5H), 1.51 (dd, J=19.8, 10.1 Hz, 4H), 1.27-1.10 (m, 3H).
Embodiment 14: Preparation of Compound 14
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00227
At room temperature, intermediate I-67 (90.0 mg), intermediate I-7 (65.7 mg) and sodium acetate (78.9 mg, 0.962 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and methanol (1 mL). Under the conditions of argon protection and stirring, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (122 mg, 0.577 mmol) was added. After addition was completed, a reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. A reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, a residue was diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 14. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 793.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.72 (s, 2H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.15 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J=9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (dd, J=11.8, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.40 (m, 1H), 3.98-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 4H), 3.00 (t, J=11.6 Hz, 2H), 2.96-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.67-2.57 (m, 4H), 2.32 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.28-2.14 (m, 4H), 2.10-1.88 (m, 6H), 1.71-1.47 (m, 5H).
Embodiment 15: Preparation of Compound 15
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00228
Intermediate I-71 (40 mg, 0.091 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane/methanol (5.00 mL/5.00 mL), and intermediate I-7 (31 mg) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (58 mg, 0.273 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. After concentration, water (20 mL) was added for dilution and dichloromethane (20 mL×3) was used for extraction. Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL), and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filtration was performed, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product. The crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 15. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 763.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.50 (dd, J=9.1, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.53 (s, 1H), 4.01 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 1H), 3.61-3.53 (m, 3H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 3.06-2.83 (m, 3H), 2.64 (dd, J=12.9, 5.4 Hz, 3H), 2.55 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 5H), 2.15-2.04 (m, 3H), 1.89 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 2H), 1.59-1.43 (m, 4H).
Embodiment 16: Preparation of Compound 16
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00229
Intermediate I-75 (80.0 mg, 0.167 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane/methanol (6.00 mL/2.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (91.1 mg) and anhydrous sodium acetate (68.5 mg, 0.835 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (70.8 mg, 0.334 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was used for dilution, and water (10.0 mL×2) was used for washing; organic phases were separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 16. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 805.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (dd, J=9.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.1, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.47-3.43 (m, 4H), 3.06 (dd, J=9.6, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.99-2.83 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.54 (m, 6H), 2.42 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 2.18-2.00 (m, 3H), 1.75 (dd, J=12.1, 8.0 Hz, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 17: Preparation of Compound 17
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00230
Intermediate I-77 (190 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane/methanol (10.0 mL/3.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-56 (241 mg, 0.487 mmol) and anhydrous sodium acetate (167 mg, 2.03 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 2 hours. Dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was used for dilution, and water (10.0 mL×2) was used for washing; organic phases were separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 17. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 831.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 5.74 (dd, J=11.9, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (s, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 1H), 3.45-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.82 (m, 3H), 2.81-2.52 (m, 5H), 2.35 (dd, J=10.4, 4.4 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.69 (m, 5H), 1.65-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 1.12 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 18: Preparation of Compound 18
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00231
Intermediate I-79 (40.0 mg), intermediate I-56 (42.1 mg, 0.0852 mmol) and sodium acetate (34.9 mg, 0.426 mmol) were mixed in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and methanol (1.5 mL). After a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for half an hour, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (54.3 mg, 0.256 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was continuously stirred and reacted at room temperature for two hours. A solvent was removed from the mixture under reduced pressure. A residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (1.5 mL), and filtered; a filtrate was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 18. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 833.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.24 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J=11.1, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.18 (m, 1H), 4.15 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.6 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (d, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (t, J=11.8 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.75 (m, 6H), 2.39-2.18 (m, 5H), 1.97-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.51 (m, 5H), 1.34 (d, J=12.2 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (s, 6H), 1.22 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 19: Preparation of Compound 19
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00232
Intermediate I-81 (30.0 mg), intermediate I-56 (31.6 mg, 0.0639 mmol) and sodium acetate (26.2 mg, 0.320 mmol) were mixed in dichloromethane (0.5 mL) and methanol (1 mL). After a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for half an hour, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (40.7 mg, 0.192 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was continuously stirred and reacted at room temperature for two hours. A solvent was removed from the mixture under reduced pressure. A residue was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 mL), and filtered; a filtrate was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 19. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 833.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 8.24 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J=8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.83 (dd, J=11.1, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.25-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.15 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (s, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (d, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 3.25 (t, J=11.9 Hz, 1H), 2.97-2.75 (m, 6H), 2.39-2.19 (m, 5H), 1.96-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.59 (m, 5H), 1.34 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 3H), 1.26 (s, 6H), 1.22 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 20: Preparation of Compound 20
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00233
Intermediate I-83 (150 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane/methanol (5.00 mL/5.00 mL), and intermediate I-7 (110 mg) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (205 mg, 0.966 mmol) was added in portions, and a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A mixture was washed with water (10.0 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product; the crude product was first separated and purified by silica gel chromatography, and then purified by beating with anhydrous acetonitrile (15.0 mL); suction filtration was performed, and a filter cake was dried; finally, the dried filter cake was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 20. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 791.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.01 (s, 1H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (dd, J=24.3, 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.7, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.44 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.03 (dd, J=16.4, 8.4 Hz, 3H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.01 (s, 1H), 2.93 (dd, J=21.7, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 2.69-2.62 (m, 3H), 2.57 (s, 5H), 2.14-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.23 (s, 2H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 21: Preparation of Compound 21
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00234
At room temperature, intermediate I-88 (100 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (8.00 mL) and methanol (2.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (94.0 mg), sodium acetate (68.0 mg, 0.828 mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (132 mg, 0.621 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature overnight. A saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10 mL) was added for dilution, and dichloromethane (10 mL×3) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 21. LC-MS (ESI) m/z[M+H]+ 807.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 2H), 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=19.5 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J=23.7, 16.7 Hz, 3H), 3.53-3.41 (m, 7H), 2.90 (d, J=10.9 Hz, 1H), 2.65-2.55 (m, 6H), 2.43 (s, 2H), 2.11 (s, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.11 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 22: Preparation of Compound 22
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00235
Intermediate I-93 (100 mg, 0.207 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of anhydrous dichloromethane/methanol (5 mL/5 mL), and intermediate I-7 (70.6 mg) was added; a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (131.6 mg, 0.621 mmol) was added in portions, a system was protected with argon, and stirred and reacted at room temperature for 3 hours. A mixture was washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by silica gel chromatography to afford compound 22. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 807.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.92 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s, 2H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.11 (m, 2H), 6.92 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.66 (dd, J=11.9, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (s, 1H), 3.96 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.73-3.56 (m, 3H), 3.47-3.39 (m, 5H), 3.20 (dd, J=11.6, 7.4 Hz, 3H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.52 (dd, J=24.8, 8.2 Hz, 5H), 2.11-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.65 (dq, J=15.9, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 1.13 (s, 6H), 1.03 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 23: Preparation of Compound 23
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00236
Intermediate I-100 (70 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (5 mL/1 mL), followed by successive addition of intermediate I-7 (50 mg) and sodium acetate (35 mg, 0.42 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (89 mg, 0.42 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. After a reaction was completed, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, organic phases were separated, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); the organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 23. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 821.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.1, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.04 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (dd, J=11.2, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.71 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (s, 6H), 3.17-3.09 (m, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J=21.4, 9.1 Hz, 1H), 2.55 (s, 5H), 2.42 (s, 2H), 2.32 (d, J=9.4 Hz, 1H), 2.10 (dd, J=18.7, 14.0 Hz, 2H), 1.71-1.60 (m, 3H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 1.11 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 24: Preparation of Compound 24
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00237
Intermediate I-104 (55 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (5 mL/1 mL), followed by successive addition of intermediate I-7 (34 mg) and sodium acetate (24 mg, 0.29 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (61 mg, 0.29 mmol) was added; after addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. After a reaction was completed, water (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and organic phases were extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); the organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 24. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 835.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 2H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J=9.2, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=11.9, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.73 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.03 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 6H), 2.95 (dd, J=21.7, 8.3 Hz, 3H), 2.64-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.42-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.79 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (s, 1H), 1.50-1.39 (m, 2H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 1.11 (s, 6H), 1.07 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 2H).
Embodiment 25: Preparation of Compound 25
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00238
Intermediate I-112 (90.0 mg, 0.176 mmol) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane/methanol (10.0 mL/3.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (96.1 mg) and anhydrous sodium acetate (72.2 mg, 0.880 mmol). A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 0.5 hours. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (74.6 mg, 0.352 mmol) was added. A reaction system was protected with argon, and was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 16 hours. Dichloromethane (50.0 mL) was used for dilution, and water (20.0 mL×2) was used for washing; organic phases were separated, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered; a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent to afford a crude product, and the crude product was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 25. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 835.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.76 (s, 2H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=9.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=7.6, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.74 (dd, J=12.0, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 1H), 4.07-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.40 (s, 4H), 2.97-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.75-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.49-2.42 (m, 5H), 2.25-1.90 (m, 6H), 1.84 (d, J=13.7 Hz, 1H), 1.73-1.57 (m, 2H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.11 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 26: Preparation of Compound 26
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00239
At room temperature, intermediate I-118 (80.0 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent of dichloromethane (8.00 mL) and methanol (2.00 mL), followed by addition of intermediate I-7 (53.2 mg) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (99.2 mg, 0.468 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature overnight. A saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (10.0 mL) was added, and dichloromethane (15 mL×2) was used for extraction; organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (10 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 26. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 838.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J=19.9, 5.3 Hz, 2H), 7.73 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.47 (m, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J=15.2, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.1, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 4.21 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (s, 6H), 3.03-2.86 (m, 3H), 2.64-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.52 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 3H), 2.22 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.12-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.84 (d, J=13.1 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.17 (d, J=15.4 Hz, 2H), 1.12 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 27: Preparation of Compound 27
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00240
Intermediate I-123 (25 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (5 mL/1 mL), followed by successive addition of intermediate I-7 (17 mg) and sodium acetate (12 mg, 0.15 mmol); a reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (32 mg, 0.15 mmol) was added; the reaction mixture was stirred and reacted at room temperature overnight. Water (10 mL) was added for dilution, standing for layering was performed, and an aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (10 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with water (10 mL×3), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered, and a filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure; a residue was separated and purified by preparative HPLC (containing formic acid) to afford compound 27. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 838.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.00 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.9 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.48 (m, 1H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.80-5.69 (m, 1H), 4.47 (s, 1H), 3.93 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 6H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.58 (s, 2H), 2.54 (s, 2H), 2.25 (s, 2H), 2.12-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.84 (s, 2H), 1.28 (s, 2H), 1.20 (s, 6H), 1.14 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 28: Preparation of Compound 28A and Compound 28B
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00241
Compound 1 (5 g) was chirally resolved to afford compound 28A (Rt=10.206 min) and compound 28B (Rt=13.352 min). Chiral resolution method: Instrument: Shimadzu LC-20AP HPLC Column: ChiralPak IC, 300×50 mm I.D., 10 μm; Mobile phase: A: Methanol (0.1% ammonia water) B: Dichloromethane; Elution gradient: 70% B; Flow rate: 80 mL/min; Column temperature: room temperature; Detection wavelength: 220 nm; Cycle time: ˜6 min; Chiral analysis method: Instrument: Waters UPC2 analytical SFC (SFC-H), Column: ChiralCel OJ, 150×4.6 mm I.D., 3 μm; Mobile phase: A: Carbon dioxide B: Ethanol (0.05% diethylamine); Elution gradient: 50% B; Flow rate: 2.0 mL/min; Back pressure: 1500 psi; Column temperature: 35° C.; Detection wavelength: 220 nm; Compound 28A: Rt=10.206 min. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ m/z=819.6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.96 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.00 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.63 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.76 Hz, 2H), 7.44-7.55 (m, 2H), 7.24 (d, J=1.75 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J=2.38 Hz, 1H), 6.90-7.03 (m, 3H), 5.76 (dd, J=5.19, 12.07 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=9.13 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (d, J=12.26 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.47 (m, 4H), 2.85-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.78 (t, J=11.69 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.65 (m, 8H), 2.20 (d, J=6.38 Hz, 2H), 2.04-2.13 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.12 (s, 6H).
Compound 28B: Rt=13.352 min. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ m/z=819.6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.91 (s, 1H), 8.24 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=9.01 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J=8.75 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.63 Hz, 2H), 7.43-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.28 (m, 2H), 6.89-7.04 (m, 3H), 5.70-5.81 (m, 1H), 4.31 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.13 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (d, J=12.01 Hz, 2H), 3.37-3.52 (m, 4H), 2.86-2.99 (m, 1H), 2.78 (t, J=11.76 Hz, 2H), 2.50-2.67 (m, 8H), 2.21 (d, J=6.00 Hz, 2H), 2.03-2.13 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.87 (m, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.12 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 29: Preparation of Compound 29
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00242
At 25° C., to a solution of I-130 (260 mg, 0.48 mmol) in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL) and dichloromethane (10 mL) was successively added 1-56 (262 mg, 0.53 mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (203 mg, 0.96 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2.88 mg, 0.048 mmol); stirring was performed at 25° C. for 2 hours. The above-mentioned reaction solution was added with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure, and separated and purified by HPLC to afford compound 29. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 837.5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.06 (s, 1H), 8.09 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.05-6.88 (m, 3H), 5.75 (dd, J=12.5, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 3.57-3.40 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.32 (m, 8H), 2.99-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.80 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 2H), 2.66-2.57 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.73 (m, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 30: Preparation of Compound 30
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00243
At room temperature, 1-135 (60.0 mg, 0.16 mmol) and 1-56 (93.0 mg, 0.19 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (3 mL/1 mL), and 2 drops of acetic acid were added dropwise; a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours; then, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (66.0 mg, 0.32 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (20 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent. The resulting residue was purified by C18 reverse-phase column to afford compound 30. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 859.6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.98 (s, 1H), 8.08-8.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.20 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.95 (m, 3H), 5.57-5.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.06-4.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.88-3.85 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.35 (m, 4H), 2.87-2.76 (m, 3H), 2.60-2.52 ((m, 6H), 2.47-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.05 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.21 (s, 8H), 1.12 (s, 6H), 0.96-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.80 (m, 2H).
Embodiment 31: Preparation of Compound 31
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00244
At room temperature, 1-138 (a TFA salt, 200 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (1 mL) and dichloromethane (10 mL), followed by sucessive addition of I-56 (234 mg, 0.47 mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (182 mg, 0.86 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (2.58 mg, 0.043 mmol); stirring was performed at room temperature for 2 hours. A reaction solution was added with water (20 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (20 mL×3). Organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (50 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by C18 reverse-phase column chromatography to afford compound 31. LC-MS (ESI) [M+H]+ 844.6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.14 (s, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.66 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.13-6.89 (m, 4H), 5.87 (dd, J=12.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (s, 4H), 2.92 (ddd, J=17.0, 13.5, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 2.80 (t, J=12.1 Hz, 2H), 2.70-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.55 (s, 8H), 2.32-2.11 (m, 2H), 1.83 (d, J=12.5 Hz, 3H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.13 (s, 6H).
Embodiment 32: Preparation of Compound 32
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00245
At room temperature, I-144 (180 mg, 0.44 mmol) and 1-56 (217 mg, 0.44 mmol) were dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (10 mL/5 mL); a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hours, and 2 drops of acetic acid were added dropwise; then, sodium triacetoxyborohydride (187 mg, 0.88 mmol) was added, and a reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. A reaction solution was diluted with water (10 mL), and extracted with dichloromethane (30 mL×2); organic phases were combined, washed with saturated saline (30 mL×2), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. A filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to remove an organic solvent. The resulting residue was purified by C18 reverse-phase column chromatography to afford compound 32. LCMS (ESI) [M+H]+ 887.6. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.11 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.17 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.90 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.49 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.20 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02-6.96 (m, 4H), 5.84-5.80 (dd, J=12.0, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (s, 1H), 4.06-4.04 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.86 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.45 (m, 4H), 2.93-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.76 (t, J=12.4 Hz, 2H), 2.67-2.52 (m, 6H), 2.19-2.17 (m, 3H), 1.84-1.81 (m, 3H), 1.21 (s, 8H), 1.12 (s, 6H).
Experimental Example 1: Androgen Receptor In-Cell-Western Assay
This assay evaluated compound performance in VCap cells. An intracellular androgen receptor was assayed by In-Cell-Western according to the assay procedure described below.
In a 96-well cell culture plate (Corning 3599) pretreated by poly-D-Lysin, Vcap cells were seeded to a Vcap cell assay medium [phenol red containing DMEM (Gibco Cat. No.: 11995065); fetal bovine serum FBS (Gibco Cat. No.: 10099141C)] at a volume of 100 μL/well and a cell density of 50,000 cells/well. Cells were cultured for at least two days.
1. First, cells were treated with a compound. The compound was subjected to a gradient dilution by using DMSO and a cell culture medium, so that DMSO contained in the cell culture plate was diluted to 0.5%: a polypropylene plate was used according to the following protocol:
(1) (i) A 200× stock solution plate was prepared in DMSO; (ii) a 10 mM stock solution was diluted at 1:4 (10 μL stock solution+40 μL DMSO=2000 uM) with DMSO to enter row 2; (iii) a 1:4 (10 μL protac+40 μL DMSO) gradient dilution was performed from row 2 to row 9, row 1 was reserved for a 2000 uM reference compound and row 10 was reserved for DMSO. (iv) There were 8 concentrations (the final concentrations on the 200× plate was 2000 uM, 400 uM, 80 uM, etc.) in total. (2) (i) A 3× stock solution was prepared in the medium; (ii) 3 μL of the 200× stock solution was transferred to 197 μL of the medium (by a 12-channel pipette, from row 1 to row 10), i.e. a 3× stock solution plate. (iii) Uniform mixing was performed for the stock solution plate. (3) (i) The medium of Vcap cells was replaced with a fresh medium, with the medium volume of 100 μL. (ii) The uniformly-mixed 3× stock solution was transferred to the cell culture plate (by the 12-channel pipette, 50 μL of the stock solution was transferred from row 1 to row 10). (iii) The cells were cultured for 24 hours.
2. The expression level of the intracellular androgen receptor after compound treatment was detected, and assay was performed according to the following method.
(1) (i) An equal volume of 8% paraformaldehyde was added to the cell culture plate for cell fixation. A fixative solution in the cell plate was discarded, and the cell plate was washed three times with PBS. (ii) A Triton solution was prepared (the stock solution was diluted at 1:1000). The solution in the cell plate was discarded, and a volume of 200 μL of a Triton diluent was added to each well. (iii) A 2× blocking solution was prepared (a 10× blocking stock solution was diluted at 1:4). The solution in the cell plate was discarded, and a volume of 100 μL of the 2× blocking solution was added to each well. (iv) A primary antibody solution (Androgen receptor Rabbbit mAb, Cell Signaling Technology Cat. No.: 5153; 1:1000 dilution) was prepared. The solution in the cell plate was discarded, a volume of 100 μL of a primary antibody diluent was added to each well, and incubation was performed at 4 degrees overnight. (v) The primary antibody solution was discarded, and the cell plate was washed with 1× Wash buffer (Wash buffer in the present application means a washing buffer solution). (vi) A secondary antibody solution (Goat anti Rabbit IgG (H+L) Secondary Antibody, HRP, Thermo Cat. No.: 31460; 1:5000 dilution) was prepared, and a volume of 100 μL of a secondary antibody diluent was added to each well for incubation. (vii) The secondary antibody solution in the cell plate was discarded, and the cell plate was washed with 1× Wash buffer. (viii) A TMB chromogenic solution (BD Cat. No.: 550534) was prepared, and a volume of 100 μL of the chromogenic solution was added to each well. (ix) A volume of 50 μL of a stop solution (BD Cat. No.: 550534) was added to each well. (x) Absorption values at OD 450 nm and 570 nm were read by EnVision. (2) (i) Normalized analysis was performed for the number of cells in each well. The solution in the cell plate was discarded, and the cell plate was washed three times with wash buffer. (ii) A Janus diluent (1:3 dilution) was prepared. (iii) A volume of 50 μL of the diluent was added to each well for incubation. (iv) The solution in the plate was discarded, and the cell plate was washed with deionized water. (v) 1 M hydrochloric acid was prepared (concentrated hydrochloric acid was diluted at 1:24), and a volume of 200 μL of a hydrochloric acid diluent was added to each well to treat the cells. (vi) An absorption value at OD 595 nm was read with Flex Station. (vii) According to the readings obtained, the effect of the tested compound on androgen receptor expression was calculated.
The experimental results are as shown in Table 1.
TABLE 1
Evaluation of Compound for Androgen Receptor
Degradation Activity in VCaP Cells
Embodiment DC50 Dmax Embodiment DC50 Dmax
number (nM) (%) number (nM) (%)
1 10 97 2 5.3 114
3 12 104 4 6.8 98
5 8.4 105 7 15 92
8 8.9 75 10 35 87
11 38 80 13 9.6 94
14 11 91 15 16 84
16 5.7 92 17 6.9 88
23 6.9 98 24 6.8 106
25 10 116 26 32 109
 28A 2.7 126  28B 7.2 101
29 8.9 169 32 5.2 145
Dmax: a maximum degradation degree of AR in VCaP cells.
DC50: a compound concentration required to achieve half the maximum degradation degree of AR in VCaP cells.
Experimental Example 2: Inhibitory Effect of Tested Compound on VCap Cell Proliferation
A tumor cell line Vcap (ATCC Cat. No. CRL-2876) was respectively cultured with DMEM (Gibco Cat. No. 11965-092) medium containing 10% FBS (Gibco Cat. No. 10099-141C). During testing, Vcap cells were replaced with a DMEM culture fluid containing 5% FBS and 0.1 nM R1881 (Sigma Cat. No. R0908).
The assay method was as follows:
Vcap cells were seeded to a 384-well plate (Perkin Elmer Cat. No. 6007460) at a cell density of 1200 cells/well and a volume of 20 μL/well; after the cells were incubated overnight in a carbon dioxide incubator (Thermo), the prepared compound solutions with different concentrations were added at a volume of 5 μL/well; meanwhile, a corresponding solvent was provided as a control; after the cells were continuously incubated in the incubator for 6 days, the cell plate and the contents thereof were equilibrated to room temperature; 25 μL of a Cell Titer Glor (Promega Cat. No. G7573) reagent was added to each well; after vibration and uniform mixing, incubation in the dark was performed for 10-30 minutes, and a signal value was detected with Envision microplate reader (PerkinElmer).
Experimental Data Processing Method:
A percentage inhibition rate of compound-treated wells was calculated through solvent control wells on the plate, GraphPad prism was used to fit the percentage inhibition rate data corresponding to different concentrations, and IC50 value was calculated by a 4-parameter nonlinear logistic formula. The experimental results are shown in Table 2.
TABLE 2
Evaluation of Compound for VCaP Cell
Proliferation Inhibitory Activity
Embodiment IC50 Emax Embodiment IC50 Emax
number (nM) (%) number (nM) (%)
2 11 60 4 33 69
5 37 62 14 20 61
20 42 60 23 20 56
24 18 53 25 27 62
26 45 60  28A 9.7 74
 28B 33 71 29 56 66
Emax: a maximum degree of VCaP cell proliferation inhibition.
IC50: a compound concentration required to achieve half the maximum degree of VCaP cell proliferation inhibition.
Experimental Example 3: In-Vivo Pharmacokinetic Experiments of Compounds of the Present Invention
In this experimental example, the in-vivo pharmacokinetic evaluation was made for mice by intravenous injection and oral administration.
Experimental methods and conditions: male CD1 mice, 6 to 8 weeks old; all animals had free access to food and water; 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr and 24 hr after the mice were subjected to a single intravenous injection of 1 mg/Kg of a compound to be tested (solvent 5% DMSO/15% Solutol/80% Saline) (saline in the present application all means a saline solution), or 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr and 24 hr after the mice were subjected to oral intragastric administration of 10 mg/kg (solvent 5% DMSO/10% Solutol/85% Saline), blood was collected from orbits, not less than 50 μL of each sample was collected, and heparin sodium was used for anticoagulation; the collected samples were placed on ice, and the plasma was centrifugally separated within 1 hour for testing. The drug concentration in the plasma was detected by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), and the pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated by Phoenix WinNonlin software. Embodiment 82 in CN110612294 A was taken as a control sample 1. The experimental results are as shown in Table 3.
TABLE 3
Pharmacokinetics of Oral Administration (10 mg/kg)
T1/2 Cmax AUC0-inf F
Compound (hr) (ng/mL) (ng*hr/mL) (%)
Compound 1 6.22 1260 18896 68.8
Compound 29 7.91 677 13404 24.1
Control sample 1 4.58 660 7696 16.5
The experimental data show that the in-vivo pharmacokinetic results of oral administration of the compound of the present invention in mice represent longer T1/2, higher in-vivo exposure amount AUC0-inf and oral bioavailability F.
Experimental Example 4: In-vivo Pharmacokinetic Experiments of Compounds of the Present Invention
In this experimental example, the in-vivo pharmacokinetic evaluation was made for rats by intravenous injection and oral administration.
Experimental methods and conditions: male SD rats, 6 to 8 weeks old; all animals had free access to food and water; 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr and 48 hr after the rats were subjected to a single intravenous injection of 1 mg/Kg of a compound to be tested (solvent 5% DMSO/15% Solutol/80% Saline), or 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr and 48 hr after the rats were subjected to oral intragastric administration of 10 mg/kg (solvent 5% DMSO/10% Solutol/85% Saline), blood was collected from orbits, not less than 50 μL of each sample was collected, and heparin sodium was used for anticoagulation; the collected samples were placed on ice, and the plasma was centrifugally separated within 1 hour for testing. The drug concentration in the plasma was detected by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), and the pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated by Phoenix WinNonlin software. Embodiment 82 in CN110612294 A was taken as a control sample 1. The experimental results are as shown in Table 4.
TABLE 4
Pharmacokinetics of Oral Administration (10 mg/kg)
T1/2 Cmax AUC0-inf F
Compound (hr) (ng/mL) (ng*hr/mL) (%)
Compound 1 7.62 147 2646 11.9
Compound 28A 8.28 173 3212 5.13
Compound 29 13.4 253 6197 11.9
Control sample 1 5.87 43.6 603 0.82
The experimental data show that the in-vivo pharmacokinetic results of oral administration of the compound of the present invention in rats represent longer T1/2, higher in-vivo exposure amount AUC0-inf and oral bioavailability F.
Experimental Example 5: In-vivo Pharmacokinetic Experiments of Compounds of the Present Invention
In this experimental example, the in-vivo pharmacokinetic evaluation was made for dogs by intravenous injection and oral administration.
Experimental methods and conditions: male Beijing Marshall beagles, 12 to 18 months old; the beagles were subjected to administration half an hour after feeding; 5 min, 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr, 48 hr and 72 hr after the beagles were subjected to a single intravenous injection of 1 mg/Kg of a compound to be tested (solvent 5% DMSO/10% Solutol/85% Saline), or 15 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hr, 4 hr, 6 hr, 8 hr, 24 hr, 48 hr and 72 hr after the beagles were subjected to oral intragastric administration of 10 mg/kg (solvent 5% DMSO/10% Solutol/85% Saline), blood was collected from orbits, not less than 50 μL of each sample was collected, and heparin sodium was used for anticoagulation; the collected samples were placed on ice, and the plasma was centrifugally separated within 1 hour for testing. The drug concentration in the plasma was detected by liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), and the pharmacokinetic parameters were calculated by Phoenix WinNonlin software. Embodiment 82 in CN110612294 A was taken as a control sample 1. The experimental results are as shown in Table 5.
TABLE 5
Pharmacokinetics of Oral Administration (10 mg/kg)
T1/2 Cmax AUC0-inf F
Compound (hr) (ng/mL) (ng*hr/mL) (%)
Compound 1 19.9 482 14074 44.1
Compound 28A 34.3 868 15420 33.9
Control sample 1 14.9 303 7841 12.0

The experimental data show that the in-vivo pharmacokinetic results of oral administration of the compound of the present invention in dogs represent longer T1/2, higher in-vivo exposure amount AUC0-inf and oral bioavailability F.

Claims (14)

What is claimed is:
1. A compound of the formula:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00246
or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound of the formula:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00247
or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
3. A compound of the formula:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00248
or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
4. A compound, an optical isomer thereof, or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the compound is:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00249
5. The compound of claim 4, wherein the compound is:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00250
or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The compound of claim 4, wherein the compound is the optical isomer of formula:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00251
or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
7. The compound of claim 4, wherein the compound is the optical isomer of formula:
Figure US11767312-20230926-C00252
or a pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
8. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 1 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
9. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 2 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
10. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 3 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
11. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 4 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
12. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 5 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
13. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 6 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
14. A method for treating prostate cancer in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of the compound of claim 7 or the pharmacodynamically acceptable salt thereof.
US18/131,309 2020-06-12 2023-04-05 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof Active US11767312B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18/131,309 US11767312B2 (en) 2020-06-12 2023-04-05 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010536221.6 2020-06-12
CN202010536221 2020-06-12
CN202011147078.8 2020-10-23
CN202011147078 2020-10-23
CN202011261665 2020-11-12
CN202011261665.X 2020-11-12
CN202110485680.0 2021-04-30
CN202110485680 2021-04-30
CN202110614030.1 2021-06-02
CN202110614030 2021-06-02
PCT/CN2021/099654 WO2021249534A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2021-06-11 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
US18/079,778 US20230131252A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2022-12-12 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
US18/131,309 US11767312B2 (en) 2020-06-12 2023-04-05 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/079,778 Continuation US20230131252A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2022-12-12 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20230242510A1 US20230242510A1 (en) 2023-08-03
US11767312B2 true US11767312B2 (en) 2023-09-26

Family

ID=78846889

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/079,778 Pending US20230131252A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2022-12-12 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
US18/131,309 Active US11767312B2 (en) 2020-06-12 2023-04-05 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/079,778 Pending US20230131252A1 (en) 2020-06-12 2022-12-12 Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Country Status (16)

Country Link
US (2) US20230131252A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4166550A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2023531390A (en)
KR (1) KR20230024328A (en)
CN (2) CN113801098B (en)
AU (1) AU2021286738A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112022025057A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3186981A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2022003472A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2022017802A2 (en)
CR (1) CR20230007A (en)
IL (1) IL298962A (en)
MX (1) MX2022015562A (en)
PE (1) PE20230610A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI781651B (en)
WO (1) WO2021249534A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
PE20221582A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2022-10-06 Arvinas Operations Inc COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR DIRECTED DEGRADATION OF ANDROGEN RECEPTOR
EP4166550A1 (en) * 2020-06-12 2023-04-19 Shanghai Jemincare Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
EP4116298A4 (en) * 2021-05-26 2023-06-28 Innocure Therapeutics, Inc. Piperidinedione derivative
KR102474999B1 (en) * 2021-05-26 2022-12-07 주식회사 이노큐어테라퓨틱스 Derivatives of piperidinedione
TW202321219A (en) 2021-08-11 2023-06-01 大陸商四川海思科製藥有限公司 Heterocyclic derivative, and composition and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2024054953A1 (en) * 2022-09-08 2024-03-14 Halda Therapeutics Opco, Inc. Heterobifunctional compounds and methods of treating disease
WO2024054952A1 (en) * 2022-09-08 2024-03-14 Halda Therapeutics Opco, Inc. Heterobifunctional compounds and methods of treating disease

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160214972A1 (en) 2015-01-20 2016-07-28 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
US20180099940A1 (en) 2016-10-11 2018-04-12 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
US20190263823A1 (en) 2016-11-22 2019-08-29 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Degradation of protein kinases by conjugation of protein kinase inhibitors with e3 ligase ligand and methods of use
US20190262458A1 (en) 2016-11-22 2019-08-29 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Degradation of bruton's tyrosine kinase (btk) by conjugation of btk inhibitors with e3 ligase ligand and methods of use
CN110194762A (en) 2018-02-27 2019-09-03 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Phthalazines ketones derivant, preparation method and use
CN112390852A (en) 2019-08-14 2021-02-23 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 Compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
CN112457366A (en) 2019-09-06 2021-03-09 江西济民可信集团有限公司 Fused ring compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
CN112457367A (en) 2019-09-06 2021-03-09 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 Interlinking compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
CN112574278A (en) 2019-09-29 2021-03-30 江西济民可信集团有限公司 Heterocyclic compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and medical application thereof
WO2021129653A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 Protein degradation agent compound preparation method and application
CN113582974A (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 江西济民可信集团有限公司 Compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and medical application thereof
US20230131252A1 (en) * 2020-06-12 2023-04-27 Shanghai Jemincare Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2020506922A (en) * 2017-01-31 2020-03-05 アルビナス・オペレーションズ・インコーポレイテッドArvinas Operations, Inc. Celebron ligands and bifunctional compounds containing cerebron ligands

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20160214972A1 (en) 2015-01-20 2016-07-28 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
US20180099940A1 (en) 2016-10-11 2018-04-12 Arvinas, Inc. Compounds and methods for the targeted degradation of androgen receptor
US20190263823A1 (en) 2016-11-22 2019-08-29 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Degradation of protein kinases by conjugation of protein kinase inhibitors with e3 ligase ligand and methods of use
US20190262458A1 (en) 2016-11-22 2019-08-29 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Degradation of bruton's tyrosine kinase (btk) by conjugation of btk inhibitors with e3 ligase ligand and methods of use
CN110194762A (en) 2018-02-27 2019-09-03 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Phthalazines ketones derivant, preparation method and use
CN112390852A (en) 2019-08-14 2021-02-23 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 Compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
CN112457366A (en) 2019-09-06 2021-03-09 江西济民可信集团有限公司 Fused ring compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
CN112457367A (en) 2019-09-06 2021-03-09 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 Interlinking compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
CN112574278A (en) 2019-09-29 2021-03-30 江西济民可信集团有限公司 Heterocyclic compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and medical application thereof
WO2021129653A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 上海济煜医药科技有限公司 Protein degradation agent compound preparation method and application
CN113582974A (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-02 江西济民可信集团有限公司 Compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and medical application thereof
US20230131252A1 (en) * 2020-06-12 2023-04-27 Shanghai Jemincare Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Haiban Wei et al, The Application and Progress of Chimeric Molecules (DHT-PROTAC) in Prostate Cancer, Progress in Modern Biomedicine, 14(3):590-592 (2014).
International Search Report and International Preliminary Report on Patentability for PCT/CN2021/099654 (dated Sep. 15, 2021)(6 pages).
Jiantao Hu et al., Discovery of ERD-308 as a Highly Potent Proteolysis Targeting Chimera (PROTAC) Degrader of Estrogen Receptor (ER), J. Med. Chem., 62:1420-1442, (Jan. 18, 2019).
Mette Ishoey et al, The translation termination factor GSPT1 is a phenotypically relevant off-target of heterobifunctional phthalimide degraders, ACS Chem. Biol., 13(3):553-560 (2018).
Shyam Panga et al, Design, Synthesis, Characterization, and In Vitro Evaluation of Isatin-Pomalidomide Hybrids for Cytotoxicity against Multiple Myeloma Cell Lines, J. Heterocyclic Chem., 55(12):2919-2928 (2018).
Wei Li et al, Patent Overview of Phthalazinone-Type PARP Inhibitors Structural Modification Based on Patented Technologies in China, Guangzhou Chemical Industry, 47(9):34-40 (May 2019).
Xin Han et al., Discovery of ARD-69 as a Highly Potent Proteolysis Targeting Chimera (PROTAC) Degrader of Androgen Receptor (AR) for the Treatment of Prostate Cancer, J. Med. Chem., 62:941-964, (Jan. 10, 2019).

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL298962A (en) 2023-02-01
CL2022003472A1 (en) 2023-06-02
US20230242510A1 (en) 2023-08-03
KR20230024328A (en) 2023-02-20
CN113801098B (en) 2023-05-30
CA3186981A1 (en) 2021-12-16
CR20230007A (en) 2023-06-01
TW202146400A (en) 2021-12-16
PE20230610A1 (en) 2023-04-13
CN116082311A (en) 2023-05-09
MX2022015562A (en) 2023-01-30
EP4166550A1 (en) 2023-04-19
US20230131252A1 (en) 2023-04-27
CO2022017802A2 (en) 2023-03-17
CN113801098A (en) 2021-12-17
WO2021249534A1 (en) 2021-12-16
BR112022025057A2 (en) 2023-01-31
TWI781651B (en) 2022-10-21
AU2021286738A1 (en) 2023-01-19
JP2023531390A (en) 2023-07-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11767312B2 (en) Phthalazinone compound, and preparation method therefor and medical use thereof
US11407736B2 (en) RIP1 inhibitory compounds and methods for making and using the same
WO2021175199A1 (en) Aromatic heterocyclic compound and application thereof in drug
US11008320B2 (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocycle and carbocycle derivatives having TrkA inhibitory activity
CN113874019A (en) Combinations comprising benzodioxoles as GLP-1R agonists for the treatment of NASH/NAFLD and related diseases
US20230111119A1 (en) Protein degradation agent compound preparation method and application
TW202246237A (en) Glp-1r modulating compounds
CN111712484B (en) Aromatic ring derivatives as immunomodulating agents, process for their preparation and their use
CN114634510A (en) Imidazopyridine derivatives and uses thereof
TW200936591A (en) Tricyclic compounds and use thereof
US20200299265A1 (en) Aminopyridine derivatives and their use as selective alk-2 inhibitors
KR20220006104A (en) Ubiquitination-specific protease inhibitors, manufacturing method and application thereof
US20230203008A1 (en) 3-azabicycloalkyl derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing same
US20230067929A1 (en) Heterocyclic derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and their use in the treatment, amelioration or prevention of cancer
CN112457367B (en) Interlinking compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
US10335401B2 (en) Non-aromatic heterocyclic derivative having MGAT2 inhibitory activity
CN112457366B (en) Parallel ring compound as protein degradation agent and preparation method and application thereof
WO2024006776A1 (en) Estrogen receptor alpha degraders and medical use thereof
US20220296608A1 (en) Heterocyclic rip1 kinase inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

CC Certificate of correction